127 results on '"Martin, Daniel"'
Search Results
2. Laonice (Laonice) persica Sikorski & Pavlova & Martin & Gil 2023, sp. nov
- Author
-
Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, João
- Subjects
Laonice persica ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Spionida ,Taxonomy ,Spionidae ,Laonice - Abstract
Laonice (Laonice) persica sp. nov. Figs 1A–H, 6. LSID: urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: B598C9EF-4924-44C0-B42C-403558109C1C Holotype. MNCN16.01 /19125, Persian Gulf, Iran, st. 19, 27°29.156′N, 52°34.003′E, 19 m depth, 34.9% of gravels (0.5‒10 mm), 5.8% of silt and clay (Paratypes. MNCN16.01 /19126, 2 specimens, Persian Gulf, Iran, st. 8, 27°30.229′N, 52°33.574′E, 19 m depth, 45.1% of gravels (0.5‒10 mm), 7.8% of silt and clay (Description. Body 0.4–0.5 mm wide (0.4 mm in holotype, one anterior fragment with 51 chaetigers and one short middle fragment with 18). Posterior region not collected. Prostomium fused with peristomium at fronto-lateral margins (Fig. 1A, G), anteriorly rounded, posteriorly extending to chaetiger 23–26 (26 in holotype) as a low narrow caruncle. Nuchal organs as U-shaped ciliary bands on both sides of caruncle. Occipital antenna large (absent in paratypes, without traces of attachment). Two pairs of eyes in trapezoidal arrangement; median pair large, bean-shaped; lateral pair small, located ahead, set wider apart and often deeply embedded into tissue (Fig. 1A). Branchiae from chaetiger 2 to 31–34 (32 in holotype), shorter than notopodial postchaetal lamellae at chaetiger 2; 1.5–2 times longer than notopodial postchaetal lamellae on following 15 chaetigers, more than twice longer at midbody (due to decreasing length of notopodial postchaetal lamellae) and shorter than notopodial postchaetal lamellae on last two branchiate chaetigers. Notopodial postchaetal lamellae ear-like on anterior 25–30 chaetigers (Fig. 1C–E), narrowing upwardly, usually with acute tips on first four chaetigers, then tips becoming slightly rounded. Largest notopodial lamellae from chaetiger 4–10, with tips touching dorsally at chaetiger 4, significantly shortening along postbranchiate region, becoming rounded above and reduced below notochaetal fascicle/notopodium insertion level (Fig. 1F). Neuropodial postchaetal lamellae ear-like, almost triangular (Fig. 1C–E), largest on chaetigers 8–22, shortening afterwards, becoming very short and hardly detectable on postbranchiate chaetigers (Fig. 1F). Dorsal transverse crests connecting notopodial postchaetal lamellae absent (Fig. 1B). Lateral inter-neuropodial pouches starting from chaetiger 4–6 (5 in holotype), not visible after chaetiger 32–34. Capillaries of anterior chaetigers arranged in two vertical rows. Neuropodial hooks from chaetiger 29–32, up to seven per neuropodium, with one pair of lateral small apical teeth and a single superior median tooth above main fang, appearing tridentate in lateral view (Fig. 1H). Notopodial hooks not seen. Sabre chaetae from chaetiger 17–22 (20 in holotype), one per fascicle. Pygidium not seen, missing. Pigmentation absent. Methyl Green staining. Strong in upper parts of notopodial postchaetal lamellae from chaetiger 4 to 8–10 (Fig. 1G); very weak and diffuse on ventral surface of chaetigers 24–35, where it fades remarkably sooner than on notopodial postchaetal lamellae. Type locality. Persian Gulf, Iran, northwest of Naband Gulf (27°29.156′N, 52°34.003′E), 19 m depth. Etymology. The specific epithet persica derives from the toponymic name of the inlet where the types were collected, the Persian Gulf. Distribution. Persian Gulf (Indian Ocean) (Fig. 6). Remarks. The existence of specimens having and lacking occipital antenna is not unique to L. persica sp. nov., having been also reported in the type-material of L. bahusiensis (Sikorski et al. 2021b). Laonice persica sp. nov. has the prostomium completely fused with the peristomium, which places the species in L. (Laonice) as defined by Sikorski et al. (2017). It also lacks entire dorsal transverse crests connecting the notopodial postchaetal lamellae, and so belongs to the L. cirrata complex, together with L. brevicornis (Kinberg, 1866) [including the junior synonyms L. aperata Radashevsky & Lana, 2009 and L. petersenae Radashevsky & Lana, 2009], L. quadridentata Blake & Kudenov, 1978, L. bassensis Blake & Kudenov, 1978 (likely), L. shamrockensis Sikorski, 2003, L. asaccata Sigvaldadóttir & Desbruyères, 2003, L. pinnulata Radashevsky & Lana, 2009, L. cricketae Sikorski & Pavlova, 2016, and L. plumisetosa Bogantes et al., 2018. However, L. cirrata is much larger (adults up to 5 mm wide), with hooks usually appearing bidentate in lateral view (tridentate in L. persica sp. nov.) and with lateral inter-neuropodial pouches appearing from chaetiger 52 (absent after chaetiger 32–34 in L. persica sp. nov.). Laonice brevicornis has tridentate hooks in lateral view and worms are not large (1.5–2 mm wide), but inter-neuropodial pouches are either absent or present only from chaetigers 3–17. Laonice cricketae has nuchal organs reaching chaetiger 20 and lateral inter-neuropodial pouches appearing only from chaetiger 40 (5–6 in L. persica sp. nov.), while the fusion of prostomium and peristomium is not so evident. Finally, L. shamrockensis, L. asaccata, L. pinnulata and L. plumisetosa have nuchal organs reaching chaetiger 5, 4, 7 and 1, respectively (23–26 in L. persica sp. nov.), while lateral inter-neuropodial pouches appear from chaetiger 3 in L. shamrockensis, L. pinnulata and L. plumisetosa and are absent in L. asaccata (5–6 in L. persica sp. nov.). Nuchal organ are also remarkably shorter in L. quadridentata (reaching chaetiger 18) and L. bassensis (reaching chaetiger 7)., Published as part of Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel & Gil, João, 2023, New sublittoral species of Laonice (Annelida: Spionidae) from southern Asian coasts, pp. 490-508 in Zootaxa 5277 (3) on pages 492-494, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5277.3.3, http://zenodo.org/record/7890125, {"references":["Sikorski, A. V., Radashevsky, V. I., Castelli, A., Pavlova, L. V., Nygren, A., Malyar, V. V., Borisova, P. B., Mikac, B., Rousou, M., Martin, D., Gil, J., Pacciardi, L. & Langeneck, J. (2021 b) Revision of the Laonice bahusiensis complex (Annelida: Spionidae) with a description of three new species. Zootaxa, 4996 (2), 253 - 283. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4996.2.2","Sikorski, A. V., Gunton, L. M. & Pavlova, L. V. (2017) Laonice species (Polychaeta, Spionidae) from the Whittard Canyon (NE Atlantic) with descriptions of two new species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 97 (5), 961 - 973. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315417000480","Kinberg, J. G. H. (1866) Annulata Nova. Ofversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, 22 (4), 239 - 258. [1865]","Radashevsky, V. I. & Lana, P. C. (2009) Laonice (Annelida: Spionidae) from South America. Zoosymposia, 2, 265 - 295. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zoosymposia. 2.1.19","Blake, J. A. & Kudenov, J. D. (1978) The Spionidae (Polychaeta) from southeastern Australia and adjacent areas with a revision of the genera. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria, 39, 171 - 280. https: // doi. org / 10.24199 / j. mmv. 1978.39.11.","Sigvaldadottir, E. & Desbruyeres, D. (2003) Two new species of Spionidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from Mid-Atlantic ridge hydrothermal vents. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 44 (3), 219 - 225. https: // doi. org / 10.21411 / CBM. A. 88043 A 64","Sikorski, A. V. & Pavlova, L. V. (2016) Three new species of Laonice (Polychaete: Spionidae) from West and Southwest Africa. Zootaxa, 4097 (3), 353 - 368. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4097.3.4","Bogantes, V. E., Halanych, K. M. & Meissner, K. (2018) Diversity and phylogenetic relationships of North Atlantic Laonice Malmgren, 1867 (Spionidae, Annelida) including the description of a novel species. Marine Biodiversity, 48 (2), 737 - 749. https: // doi. org / 10.1007 / s 12526 - 018 - 0859 - 8"]}
- Published
- 2023
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
3. Laonice (Laonice) Malmgren 1867
- Author
-
Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, João
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Spionida ,Taxonomy ,Spionidae ,Laonice - Abstract
Laonice (Laonice) Malmgren, 1867 Laonice (Laonice): Sikorski, Gunton & Pavlova 2017: 962. Diagnosis. Prostomium obviously fused with fronto-lateral peristomial margins. Caruncle long, highly variable in length but extending beyond half of branchiate chaetigers. Capillary chaetae in two vertical rows on anterior chaetigers. Hooded hooks with main fang surmounted by one or two paired apical teeth. Notopodial hooks absent. Continuous dorsal transverse crests in postbranchiate region present or absent., Published as part of Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel & Gil, João, 2023, New sublittoral species of Laonice (Annelida: Spionidae) from southern Asian coasts, pp. 490-508 in Zootaxa 5277 (3) on page 492, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5277.3.3, http://zenodo.org/record/7890125, {"references":["Malmgren, A. J. (1867) Annulata Polychaeta Spetsbergiae, Gronlandiae, Islandiae et Scandinaviae hactenus cognita. Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, 24, 127 - 233.","Sikorski, A. V., Gunton, L. M. & Pavlova, L. V. (2017) Laonice species (Polychaeta, Spionidae) from the Whittard Canyon (NE Atlantic) with descriptions of two new species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 97 (5), 961 - 973. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315417000480"]}
- Published
- 2023
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
4. Laonice (Sarsiana) andamanica Sikorski & Pavlova & Martin & Gil 2023, sp. nov
- Author
-
Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, João
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Spionida ,Taxonomy ,Spionidae ,Laonice ,Laonice andamanica - Abstract
Laonice (Sarsiana) andamanica sp. nov. Figs 4A–L, 6. LSID: urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: FBB97F5C-9A68-44F9-8D6A-02FC0407ED83 Holotype. MNCN16.01 /19135, Andaman Sea, off Myanmar /Burma, st. E14, 15°07.334′N, 94°46.852′E, 47.4 m depth, 77% of silt and clay (Paratype. MNCN16.01 /19136, Andaman Sea, off Myanmar /Burma, st. E13B, 15°07.537′N, 94°46.854′E, 47 m depth, 85% of silt and clay (Description. Holotype incomplete, 0.7 mm wide, in three fragments with 37 (anterior) and 6 plus 2 (middle) chaetigers. Paratype incomplete, 0.7 mm wide, with 22 anterior chaetigers. Prostomium T-shaped, with rounded anterior margin, joined to peristomium, with junction clearly outlined, but completely lacking a space between prostomium and peristomium (Fig. 4A). Caruncle visible, extending to posterior border of chaetiger 7–9. Nuchal organs extending to end of chaetiger 9–11, as U-shaped ciliary bands on sides of caruncle. Palps not seen. Long, acute occipital antenna on posterior prostomial region, as long as notopodial postchaetal lamellae of chaetiger 1. One pair of eyespots in front of occipital antenna (Fig. 4A). Branchiae from chaetiger 2 (Fig. 4A, C), narrowing into thread-like tips (Fig. 4F–G), shorter than notopodial postchaetal lamellae until chaetiger 4 (those on chaetigers 2–3 being half long), as long as on chaetigers 5–8, and slightly longer (approx. 1.2 times— Fig. 4A, G) until chaetiger 27–28; last pair visible on chaetiger 35 (Fig. 4B, H). Notopodial postchaetal lamellae much longer than branchiae on posteriormost branchiate region (Fig. 4B, H), up to four times longer than last pair of branchiae. Notopodial postchaetal lamellae narrowing to acute tips until chaetiger 42 (Fig. 4I), gradually lengthening to end of branchiate region (Fig. 4B), then considerably longer from chaetiger 29–35, being twice as long on chaetiger 35 than on chaetigers 5–8 (Fig. 4F, H) and three times longer than on chaetiger 2, and sharply decreasing on the postbranchiate chaetigers (Fig. 4J). Tips of lamellae acute, gradually extending to increasingly narrow, long, sharply pointed processes from chaetigers 18–29 (Fig. 4H), lacking acute tips backwards (Fig. 4J). Tips of lamellae reaching opposite chaetal tuft (Fig. 4B). Notopodial postchaetal lamellae ear-like, with rounded upper edges from chaetiger 42 (Fig. 4J). Inferior regions of notopodial postchaetal lamellae (below neuropodial chaetal tuft) becoming visible from chaetiger 31 (Fig. 4H–J). Neuropodial postchaetal lamellae axe-shaped, with upper lateral angle forming an acute tip anteriorly, progressively becoming more rounded on posterior chaetigers (Fig. 4F–J). Noto- and neuropodial prechaetal lamellae short, not easily distinguishable. Continuous dorsal transverse crests connecting notopodial postchaetal lamellae first appearing three chaetigers before last branchiate one; maximum height at chaetigers 35–37 (Fig. 4B); present up to the last chaetiger of holotype. Transverse nototrochs quite pronounced anteriorly on several branchiate chaetigers. Lateral inter-neuropodial pouches from chaetiger 26, up to at least chaetiger 37 in holotype anterior fragment. Capillaries of anterior chaetigers arranged in two vertical rows. Neuropodial hooks from chaetiger 34, up to eight per fascicle, tridentate in lateral view (Fig. 4K), quadridentate in frontal view, with one pair of small apical teeth side by side and a single superior median tooth above main fang (Fig. 4L). Notopodial hooks absent in holotype. Sabre chaetae from chaetiger 27. Pygidium not seen, missing. Pigmentation absent. Methyl Green staining. Strong on inner upper parts of notopodial postchaetal lamellae from chaetiger 5–10, on dorsal and ventral side of peristomium, on prostomium below eyespots and behind occipital antenna, and ventrally in front of mouth (Fig. 4C–D). Very weak, diffuse staining ventrally and on neuropodial postchaetal lamellae of chaetigers 25–32 (Fig. 4E), fading remarkably sooner than on notopodial postchaetal lamellae, prostomium and peristomium. Type locality. Andaman Sea, off Myanmar /Burma (15°07.334′N, 94°46.852′E), 47.4 m depth. Etymology. The specific epithet andamanica derives from the toponymic name of the sea where the types were collected, the Andaman Sea. Distribution. Andaman Sea (Indian Ocean) (Fig. 6). Remarks. The holotype was the single specimen having enough chaetigers to determine the main numerical characters. Laonice andamanica sp. nov. belongs to L. (Sarsiana) as defined by Sikorski et al. (2017), as it has comparatively short nuchal organs (similar in length in all studied specimens) and capillaries of the anterior chaetigers arranged in two vertical rows only. Moreover, it has dorsal transverse crests, but apparently lacks the membrane connecting the anterior angles of prostomium and peristomium, as well as hooks in most posterior notopodia. Thus, it most closely resembles L. japonica (Moore, 1907), L. sinica Sikorski & Wu, 1998, L. praecirrata, L. branchiata Nonato, Bolívar & Lana, 1986 and L. magnacristata. Laonice andamanica sp. nov. can be easily distinguished from these species in having several notopodial postchaetal lamellae of posterior branchiate chaetigers with pointed tips elongated into narrow long lanceolate processes with length equal to the body width on the last branchiate chaetigers (Fig. 4B, H). Besides, L. japonica has nuchal organs reaching chaetiger 18 (9–11 in L. andamanica sp. nov.) and lateral inter-neuropodial pouches appearing from chaetiger 4 (26 in L. andamanica sp. nov.); L. sinica has lateral inter-neuropodial pouches from chaetiger 5–9 and a different shape of dorsal transverse crests; L. magnacristata is 0.4 mm wide, has nuchal organs reaching chaetiger 2, 4–7 pairs of branchiae (34 pairs in L. andamanica sp. nov.), sabre chaetae from chaetiger 6 (27 in L. andamanica sp. nov.), and lateral inter-neuropodial pouches from chaetiger 7–8; and L. praecirrata has nuchal organs extending until chaetiger 15–21 and the membrane connecting prostomium with peristomium at the anterior angles is sunken in the groove between them. Finally, the lateral inter-neuropodial pouches in L. branchiata [species mistakenly placed in L. (Laonice) by Sikorski et al. (2017)] start from chaetiger 4–10 (instead of 26 in L. andamanica sp. nov.). Laonice andamanica sp. nov. has the prostomium joined to the peristomium, but the junction still clearly outlined. This unique feature is shared with L. branchiata (see Sikorski 2011) and, probably, is also present in L. japonica (see Sikorski 2003b), which allows us to suggest that these species form a distinctive morphological group within the genus. However, the relevance of this group requires further confirmation., Published as part of Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel & Gil, João, 2023, New sublittoral species of Laonice (Annelida: Spionidae) from southern Asian coasts, pp. 490-508 in Zootaxa 5277 (3) on pages 499-501, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5277.3.3, http://zenodo.org/record/7890125, {"references":["Sikorski, A. V., Gunton, L. M. & Pavlova, L. V. (2017) Laonice species (Polychaeta, Spionidae) from the Whittard Canyon (NE Atlantic) with descriptions of two new species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 97 (5), 961 - 973. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315417000480","Moore, J. P. (1907) Descriptions of new species of Spioniform Annelids. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 59, 195 - 207.","Sikorski, A. V. & Wu, B. L. (1998) Laonice sinica sp. nov. from the Yellow Sea. Zoologichesky Zhurnal, 77 (11), 1242 - 1248. [in Russian]","Nonato, E. F., Bolivar, G. A. & Lana, P. C. (1986) Laonice branchiata, a new species of Spionidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from the southeastern Brazilian coast. Neritica, 1 (3), 21 - 27. https: // doi. org / 10.5380 / rn. v 1 i 3.41193","Sikorski, A. V. (2011) Review of Laonice (Spionidae, Annelida) with remarks on several species and a description of a new species from South Africa. Italian Journal of Zoology, 78 (S 1), 201 - 214. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 11250003.2011.617218","Sikorski, A. V. (2003 b) On the fauna of the genus Laonice (Polychaeta, Spionidae) in the northern Pacific. Zoologichesky Zhurnal, 82 (10), 1179 - 1190. [in Russian with English Summary]"]}
- Published
- 2023
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
5. Laonice (Laonice) siamica Sikorski & Pavlova & Martin & Gil 2023, sp. nov
- Author
-
Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, João
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Spionida ,Laonice siamica ,Taxonomy ,Spionidae ,Laonice - Abstract
Laonice (Laonice) siamica sp. nov. Figs 2A–I, 6. LSID: urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: 545BCAEE-01D8-454F-960D-86B54F9025DA Holotype. MNCN16.01 /19128, Gulf of Siam, off Thailand, st. 5, 07°36.018′N, 102°50.543′E, 64 m depth, 92.2% of silt and clay ( Description. Holotype 0.7 mm wide, 20 mm long for 104 chaetigers (one anterior fragment of 60 chaetigers and one posterior with 44). Prostomium fused with peristomium at fronto-lateral margin (Fig. 2A, C), anteriorly rounded, extending posteriorly to beginning of chaetiger 41 as a low narrow caruncle, accompanied by nuchal organs as lateral ciliary bands. Occipital antenna thin, erect, half length of notopodial postchaetal lamellae of chaetiger 1. One pair of small, distinct, faded brownish eyespots in front of attachment of occipital antenna. Branchiae from chaetiger 2; first pair half as long as notopodial postchaetal lamellae, then increasing their length but still shorter until chaetiger 4 (Fig. 2A, E), of equal length on chaetiger 5, and twice longer after chaetiger 10 (Fig. 2F); then branchiae gradually shortening from chaetiger 38 (Fig. 2B, G), being absent after chaetiger 50 (last branchiate chaetiger). Notopodial postchaetal lamellae leaflike, almost triangular, with narrow acute tips through all body (Fig. 2A–C, E–G), but particularly pronounced on the four anteriormost chaetigers (Fig. 2A, E), gradually shortening to half the length of anterior ones on last branchiate chaetigers, becoming narrow triangles on posteriormost chaetigers (Fig. 2G). Anterior postbranchiate chaetigers with notopodial postchaetal lamella extending slightly dorsally, not reaching middle dorsum (Fig. 2B). Neuropodial postchaetal lamellae almost trapezoidal anteriorly (Fig. 2E), then triangular, with acute tips through all body (Fig. 2F–G). Dorsal transverse crests absent. Lateral inter-neuropodial pouches from chaetiger 5–6, irregularly present from chaetiger 50 to posteriormost chaetigers. Capillaries of anterior chaetigers arranged in two vertical rows. Neuropodial hooks from chaetiger 39, up to 6–8 per fascicle, bidentate in lateral view, tridentate in frontal view, with one pair of small apical teeth side by side above main fang (Fig. 2H–I). Notopodial hooks absent. Sabre chaetae from chaetiger 14, one per fascicle. Pygidium with ten lobes forming a ring around the anus: four bilaterally symmetrical pairs bearing one thin threadlike anal cirrus, and one ventral pair closely set, pointed and lacking cirri (Fig. 2D). Pigmentation absent. Methyl Green staining. As oval spots on upper parts of notopodial postchaetal lamellae of chaetigers 4–8 (Fig. 2C). Type locality. Gulf of Siam, off Thailand (07°36.018′N, 102°50.543′E), 64 m depth. Etymology. The specific epithet siamica derives from the toponymic name of the inlet where the type was collected, the Gulf of Siam. Distribution. Gulf of Siam (Pacific Ocean) (Fig. 6). Remarks. Laonice siamica sp. nov. can be referred to L. (Laonice) as defined by Sikorski et al. (2017), as it has the prostomium completely fused with the peristomium. It is closely related to the L. cirrata complex [L. brevicornis (with both L. aperata and L. petersenae included), L. quadridentata, L. cricketae and, probably, L. bassensis, L. shamrockensis, L. asaccata, L. pinnulata and L. plumisetosa]. However, the gradual reduction of the posterior branchiae is quite unique of L. siamica sp. nov. While measuring only 0.7 mm wide, the holotype of L. siamica sp. nov. has nuchal organs extending to chaetiger 41 and up to 50 pairs of branchiae, which only occurs in specimens of L. cirrata measuring> 2.2 mm wide. Nuchal organs of L. shamrockensis, L. asaccata, L. pinnulata and L. plumisetosa are much shorter and do not extend over chaetiger 7 (41 in L. siamica sp. nov.). In L. brevicornis and L. cricketae nuchal organs are shorter as well: up to chaetiger 26 in L. brevicornis (with last branchiae on chaetiger 36) and up to chaetiger 20 in L. cricketae (with last branchiae on chaetiger 39 and lateral inter-neuropodial pouches only from chaetiger 40, instead of chaetiger 7 in L. siamica sp. nov.). Nuchal organs, as in the case of the species described above, are also remarkably shorter in L. quadridentata (up to chaetiger 18) and L. bassensis (up to chaetiger 7).
- Published
- 2023
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
6. Laonice Malmgren 1867
- Author
-
Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, João
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Spionida ,Taxonomy ,Spionidae ,Laonice - Abstract
Laonice Malmgren, 1867 (emended) Type species: Nerine cirrata M. Sars, 1851. By monotypy. Diagnosis. Prostomium anteriorly rounded or slightly concave, either T- or skittle-shaped, clearly fused with peristomium at anterior angles (subgenus Laonice), fused only by a thin membrane normally sunken in a groove between prostomium and peristomium (part of subgenus Sarsiana), or not fused at all (part of subgenus Sarsiana and subgenus Appelloefia). Occipital antenna present (most usual), absent or with variable presence (e.g., in Laonice bahusiensis Söderström, 1920). Caruncle well developed, long (except in the deep-sea species Laonice (Sarsiana) magnacristata Maciolek, 2000 and Laonice (Laonice) plumisetosa Bogantes, Halanych & Meissner, 2018), extending posteriorly over several chaetigers following a pair of nuchal organ loops starting from palp attachments. Nuchal organs long and widely variable in length (subgenus Laonice) or short (usually around 10 chaetigers, always less than 20) and less variable in length (subgenera Sarsiana and Appelloefia). Palps often long, without sheath at base. Peristomium not fused with chaetiger 1. Parapodia biramous; each ramus of anterior chaetigers with three tufts of long, thin capillary chaetae, including anterior and posterior parallel vertical rows of chaetae arranged in single lines (except in subgenus Appelloefia, with more than two rows of capillaries in several anteriormost chaetigers), with a third tuft inserted above (notopodia) and below (neuropodia) these rows. Inferior neurochaetae or sabre chaetae [“Haarborsten” in Söderström (1920)] appearing in anterior region, being longer and stouter than ordinary capillaries. Neuropodial hooks with primary hood only, with chaetiger of first appearance varying; notopodial hooks generally absent (may be present in posteriormost chaetigers in some species of subgenus Sarsiana). Dorsal branchiae from chaetiger 2, separated from notopodial postchaetal lamellae and on a variable number of anterior chaetigers, rarely up to body end (e.g., in subgenus Appelloefia). Lateral inter-neuropodial pouches on a variable number of anterior chaetigers, often up to body end, rarely absent; first chaetiger with pouches varying. Anus terminal, surrounded by two ventral lobes or small papilliform cirri (usually placed close together) and several pairs of comparatively long, thinner dorsal anal cirri. Pigmentation absent., Published as part of Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel & Gil, João, 2023, New sublittoral species of Laonice (Annelida: Spionidae) from southern Asian coasts, pp. 490-508 in Zootaxa 5277 (3) on page 491, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5277.3.3, http://zenodo.org/record/7890125, {"references":["Malmgren, A. J. (1867) Annulata Polychaeta Spetsbergiae, Gronlandiae, Islandiae et Scandinaviae hactenus cognita. Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, 24, 127 - 233.","Sars, M. (1851) Beretning om en i Sommeren 1849 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, Oslo, 6, 121 - 211.","Soderstrom, A. (1920) Studien ¸ ber die Polychatenfamilie Spionidae. Almqvist & Wiksells, Uppsala, 288 pp., 1 pl.","Maciolek, N. J. (2000) New species and records of Aonidella, Laonice, and Spiophanes (Polychaeta: Spionidae) from shelf and slope depths of the Western North Atlantic. Bulletin of Marine Science, 67 (1), 529 - 547.","Bogantes, V. E., Halanych, K. M. & Meissner, K. (2018) Diversity and phylogenetic relationships of North Atlantic Laonice Malmgren, 1867 (Spionidae, Annelida) including the description of a novel species. Marine Biodiversity, 48 (2), 737 - 749. https: // doi. org / 10.1007 / s 12526 - 018 - 0859 - 8"]}
- Published
- 2023
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
7. Laonice (Sarsiana) sinica Sikorski & Wu 1998
- Author
-
Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, João
- Subjects
Annelida ,Laonice sinica ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Spionida ,Taxonomy ,Spionidae ,Laonice - Abstract
Laonice (Sarsiana) sinica Sikorski & Wu, 1998 Laonice sinica Sikorski & Wu 1998: 1243–1247, Figs 1–3, Tabs 1–3 [in Russian]. Material examined. Translated and adapted from Sikorski & Wu (1998). Holotype. ZISP 1 /10363, Kiao Chou Bay, Qingdao, China, st. 43, 17–37 m, silt with shells, 20 June 1957. Paratypes. ZISP 9 /10369, 1 specimen, Chefoo Bay, Yantai, China, st. 52, 10 m, silt, 03 July 1957. Kiao Chou Bay, Qingdao, China, 5–37 m, silt with shells: ZISP 1 /10361 and 12/10372, 2 specimens, st. 3, 37 m, 03 June 1957; ZISP 13 /10373, 1 specimen, st. 18, 17 m, silt, 07 June 1957; ZISP 5 /10365, 8 specimens, ZMUM 1789, 2 specimens, st. 20, 08 June 1957; ZISP 7 /10367, 1 specimen, st. 23, 08 June 1957; ZISP 15 /10375, 1 specimen, st. 24, 17 m, silt, 08 June 1957; ZISP 4 /10364, 2 specimens, st. 41, 5 m, 20 June 1957; ZISP 6 /10366, 1 specimen, st. 42, 27 m, 20 June 1957; ZISP 2 /50406, 5 specimens, ZMUM 1788, 1 specimen, st. 43, 25 m, 20 June 1957. Bohai Sea, China, 10–32 m, silt: ZISP 16 /10376, 1 specimen, st. 110, 18 July 1957; ZISP 8 /10368, 5 specimens, st. 206, 14–26 m, silt, 13 July 1957; ZISP 10 /10370, 2 specimens, st. 209, 23 September 1957. ZISP 14 /10374, 1 specimen, Bohai Strait, China, R / V “ Venus ”, st. 5, 05 July 1958. ZISP 11 /10371, 4 specimens, Yellow Sea, off China, R / V “ Venus ”, st. 201, 20–60 m, sandy silt with stones and broken shells, 27 July 1957. Description of Chinese specimens (translation of the original description). Up to 77 mm long and 1.3 mm wide for 144 chaetigers (re-examination of type material showed size-related data being slightly different from original description); largest incomplete specimen 1.4 mm wide. Prostomium T-shaped with rounded anterior margin, not fused with peristomium at antero-lateral angles. Nuchal organs reaching chaetiger 8–11, as U-shaped ciliary bands on sides of caruncle. Palps reaching chaetiger 19. Short erect occipital antenna. Large bright bean-shaped eyespots in front of occipital antenna, sometimes with additional small pale spots in front. Branchiae from chaetiger 2, short, very gradually lengthening from 1.5 times shorter on chaetiger 2 to nearly as long as notopodial postchaetal lamellae at chaetiger 7–8. Last pair of branchiae on chaetiger 26–42. Notopodial postchaetal lamellae leaf-like, narrowing into sharply acute tips in all branchiate chaetigers, losing acute tips to become round on first 3–4 post-branchial chaetigers, becoming small rounded dorso-laterally shifted protrusions on posterior chaetigers, and finally becoming lanceolate on posteriormost chaetigers. Neuropodial postchaetal lamellae triangular, with acute upper tips becoming round on posterior post-branchial chaetigers. Dorsal transverse crests first appearing on last 4–6 branchial chaetigers, then continuing up to chaetiger 25; first 2–3 as large oval (tongue-shaped) mid-dorsal membranes non-connecting with notopodial postchaetal lamellae; of equal height without any mid elevation from mid postbranchiate region to reach maximum size on last 1–2 branchial chaetigers. Lateral inter-neuropodial pouches from chaetiger 5–9, sometimes larger than parapodia in most posterior chaetigers; usually not visible on posteriormost 12–17 chaetigers. Capillaries of anterior chaetigers arranged in two vertical rows. Neuropodial hooks from chaetiger 27–41, up to 7–13 per fascicle, bidentate in lateral view, tridentate in frontal view, with one pair of small apical teeth very close to each other, side by side above main fang. Notopodial hooks absent. Sabre chaetae from chaetiger 20–36, at first two per fascicle (one in juveniles less than 0.5 mm wide), only one after 6–12 chaetigers. Pygidium with one pair of closely set ventral lobes resembling small tubercles, and up to six bilaterally symmetrical pairs of thin threadlike dorsal anal cirri around anus. Yellow-brown in vivo, non-pigmented when preserved. Methyl Green staining. Lacking a distinct pattern. Biology. Sexually mature females having oocytes 0.13–0.15 mm in diameter found on the 3rd and 20th of June of 1957 at Kiao Chou Bay (Yellow Sea). Mature specimens (with oocytes and sperm) found on the 26–27th of July 1957 at the Yellow Sea, and on the 17th of August 1957 at the Bohai Sea. Type locality. Kiao Chou (= Jiaozhou) Bay (Yellow Sea), 17–37 m depth. Distribution. Laonice (S.) sinica is known from the Yellow and Bohai seas (Pacific Ocean), where it can be dominant in sublittoral communities (Fig. 6). Remarks. The original description of Laonice sinica was published only in Russian by Sikorski & Wu (1998). Here we are presenting the first English translation. The comparison with the specimens collected in the Gulf of Siam can be found in the Remarks for Laonice (Sarsiana) cf. sinica., Published as part of Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel & Gil, João, 2023, New sublittoral species of Laonice (Annelida: Spionidae) from southern Asian coasts, pp. 490-508 in Zootaxa 5277 (3) on pages 501-502, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5277.3.3, http://zenodo.org/record/7890125, {"references":["Sikorski, A. V. & Wu, B. L. (1998) Laonice sinica sp. nov. from the Yellow Sea. Zoologichesky Zhurnal, 77 (11), 1242 - 1248. [in Russian]"]}
- Published
- 2023
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
8. Laonice (Sarsiana) Sikorski, Gunton & Pavlova 2017
- Author
-
Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, João
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Spionida ,Taxonomy ,Spionidae ,Laonice - Abstract
Laonice (Sarsiana) Sikorski, Gunton & Pavlova 2017 Laonice (Sarsiana): Sikorski et al. 2017: 962. Type species: Laonice sarsi Söderström, 1920. Diagnosis. Prostomium not obviously fused or non-fused with fronto-lateral peristomial margin. Anterolateral prostomial corners sometimes fused to peristomium by an inconspicuous (in dorsal view) membrane, often deeply sunken in prostomium/peristomium groove. Nuchal organs generally short (usually extending up to chaetiger 10). Dorsal transverse crests present or absent. Other numerical characters highly variable. Notopodial hooded hooks may be present in posteriormost chaetigers., Published as part of Sikorski, Andrey, Pavlova, Lyudmila, Martin, Daniel & Gil, João, 2023, New sublittoral species of Laonice (Annelida: Spionidae) from southern Asian coasts, pp. 490-508 in Zootaxa 5277 (3) on page 496, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.5277.3.3, http://zenodo.org/record/7890125, {"references":["Sikorski, A. V., Gunton, L. M. & Pavlova, L. V. (2017) Laonice species (Polychaeta, Spionidae) from the Whittard Canyon (NE Atlantic) with descriptions of two new species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 97 (5), 961 - 973. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315417000480","Soderstrom, A. (1920) Studien ¸ ber die Polychatenfamilie Spionidae. Almqvist & Wiksells, Uppsala, 288 pp., 1 pl."]}
- Published
- 2023
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
9. Haplosyllis (Annelida: Syllidae) from Saudi Arabian Red Sea, with the description of a new endosymbiotic species and a dichotomous key for the Indo-Pacific species
- Author
-
Cepeda, Diego, Martin, Daniel, Britayev, Temir A., Al-Aidaroos, Ali M., and Lattig, Patricia
- Published
- 2017
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
10. Loimia davidi Martin & Capa & Martínez & Costa 2022, sp. nov
- Author
-
Martin, Daniel, Capa, María, Martínez, Alejandro, and Costa, Ana Cristina
- Subjects
Annelida ,Loimia davidi ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Terebellida ,Terebellidae ,Loimia ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Loimia davidi sp. nov. urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: D10C6790-B176-4686-B7D3-E7235953AD99 Figs 1–9, Tables 1–4, Supp. file 1 Diagnosis Species of Loimia with two pairs of lappets on segments 1 and 3; first pair ventrolateral, with ventral margins in contact midventrally; second pair smaller, lateral. 14–15 ventral shields from segment 2, fused on segments 2 and 3; reddish-brown, with same width in first nine segments, deeply dark brown in following six segments, then progressively narrowing, giving an overall triangular appearance. Ventral shields smooth on segments 2–3 to 10 and with transverse grooves on segments 11 to 16. Uncini pectinate, arranged in a single row on segments 5–10 and in double rows on segments 11–20 (back-toback), all with a single tooth row over main fang. Thoracic uncini with three and abdominal with four teeth over the main fang (smaller specimens) or all with five teeth over main fang (larger specimen). Thoracic capillary notochaetae alimbate and unilimbate (smaller specimens) or alimbate, unilimbate and bilimbate (larger specimen). Pygidium with either sixteen small, cirriform (smaller specimens) or seven (five dorsolateral, two ventral) long conical (larger specimen) marginal papillae surrounding anus. Etymology The specific epithet is a homage to David Martin, the first author’s second brother, who recently cheated death and recovered from serious psychological illness, but also for his professional and personal achievements and, mainly, for being the person he is. Material examined Holotype PORTUGAL • 1 ♂ specimen (complete, in three fragments); Açores Archipelago, São Miguel Island, Ilhéu de São Roque – Rostro de Cão; 37°44′37″ N, 25°38′17″ W; 8 m depth; 11 Jul. 2017; D. Martin and M. Capa leg.; anterior and posterior fragments fixed in 4% formalin/seawater solution, preserved in 70% ethanol; mid- abdominal fragment fixed and preserved in 96% ethanol; CEAB A.P. 935A. Paratypes PORTUGAL • 1 specimen (complete, in two fragments); same collection data as for holotype; fixed in 4% formalin/seawater solution, preserved in 70% ethanol; CEAB A.P. 935B • 1 specimen (incomplete); same collection data as for holotype; fixed in 4% formalin/seawater solution, preserved in 70% ethanol; MNCN 16.01/19140 • 9 specimens; same collection data as for holotype; fixed and preserved in 96% ethanol; CEAB A.P. 935C • 4 specimens; same collection data as for holotype; fixed in 4% formalin/ seawater solution, preserved in 70% ethanol; CEAB A.P. 935D • 4 specimens; same collection data as for holotype; fixed in 4% formalin/seawater solution, preserved in 70% ethanol; MNCN 16.01/19141. Comparative material of L. gigantea (as L. ramzega) FRANCE • 2 specs; English Channel, Brittany, Landéda Beach; 48°36′37.7″ N 04°36′24.5″ W; intertidal; 25 Jan. 2012; preserved in 70% ethanol; ARC- Loimia -IND2 and -IND5. Description Holotype Complete specimen divided in three fragments, measuring 310 mm long in vivo, with 147 segments; thorax 57 mm long, 12 mm wide when preserved. Body pale brownish in vivo, uniformly beige when preserved (Figs 1A–C, 2A; Supp. file 1: video S1); thorax with ill-defined segmentation dorsally; first three abdominal segments dorsally similar to thoracic ones; remaining abdominal segments with well-marked segmentation and a posterior whitish swelling linking neuropodia dorsally, more visible in posterior-most segments (Figs 1A, 2E). Tentacles long, pale beige in vivo, almost whitish when preserved, with a deep ciliated groove. Tentacular membrane well-defined, increasing in length dorsally, laterally hidden by first pair of lateral lappets (Fig. 2B–C). Eyespots absent. Upper lip conical, with rounded tip, wider than longer; pale brownish, well projecting forward in vivo (Fig. 1C; Supp. file 1: video S1), pale beige, not projecting over first pair of lateral lappets when preserved (Fig. 2B, D). Lower lip not covered by membrane joining first pair of lappets in vivo (Fig. 1C; Supp. file 1: video S1); small, square, covered by membrane joining first pair of lappets when preserved (Fig. 2D). Lateral lappets large, pale brownish to whitish in vivo (Fig. 1A–C; Supp. file 1: video S1), pale beige when preserved (Fig. 2A–D), two pairs, on segment 1 (ventrolateral) and segment 3 (lateral, oblique, with wavy edges, smaller), elephant ear-shaped; first pair laterally reaching notopodia level, ventrally joined by a poorly-developed membrane; second pair separated from base of first pair, laterally hiding segment 2, covering base of first and second branchiae, ending ventrally between first and second ventral shields (Fig. 2B–D). Branchiae on segments 2–4, arborescent, very long, first pair ca 1/6 longer and third pair ⅛ shorter than body width in vivo, with thick stalks and numerous dendritic branches in eight levels, dark red, showing rhythmic contractions in vivo (Fig. 1A–C; Supp. file 1: video S1); whitish when preserved (Fig. 2A–D). Nephridial papillae not seen. Ventral shields on segment 2–9 reddish brown, smooth, with same width; on segments 10–16 deeply dark brown, with transverse grooves, progressively narrowing posteriorly, giving an overall triangular appearance (Fig. 1C; Supp. file 1: video S1). Ventral shields fused on segments 2–3, smooth on segments 2–10 and with transverse grooves on segments 11–16, two on 11–12, 3 on 13, 4 on 14–16) (Fig. 2A). Notopodia from segments 4–20 (17 segments) as swollen, conspicuous lobes, all except first one pale beige to whitish in vivo (Fig. 1A–C; Supp. file 1: video S1), first eleven surrounded by whitish glandular patches (Fig. 1A–B), pale beige when preserved (Fig. 2A). Capillary notochaetae numerous, as long as chaetal lobes, smooth, of three types: alimbate, and uni- and bilimbate (Fig. 3A–C), in J-shaped arrangement. Thoracic neuropodia from segment 5 well developed, pale brownish to whitish in vivo (Fig. 1A–B; Supp. file 1: video S1), uniformly pale beige when preserved (Fig. 2A–C), with numerous uncini arranged in single rows in segments 5–10 and in double rows (back-to-back) in segments 11–20 (Fig. 3D–E), uncini rows ranging from 4 to 6 mm long. Abdominal neuropodia narrow (first abdominal ca 3.6 times as narrow as last thoracic), as long as wide, projecting posteriorly, pale brownish to whitish in vivo (Fig. 1A–B; Supp. file 1: video S1), uniformly pale beige when preserved (Fig. 2A), with uncini in single rows until body end (Fig. 3H). Thoracic uncini measuring ca 120 µm long and 60 µm wide, pectinate, with a crest of five teeth in a single row over main fang, with a curved back three times as long as prow, and reduced heel and dorsal button, with anterior filament long, projected downwards (Figs 3E–F, 4A). Abdominal uncini pectinate, measuring ca 105 µm long and 55 µm wide, with a crest of five teeth in a single row over main fang (Fig. 3I), connected to basis of parapodia by long, hyaline ligaments (Fig. 3H), similar in shape to thoracic ones, with a less curved back, 2.5 times as long as prow, heel inconspicuous, and strongly reduced dorsal button (Fig. 3I). Regenerating posterior end, abruptly differing from previous segments, with shorter and narrower segments, dark reddish with pale beige posterior swellings linking bases of neuropodia (Fig. 2E–F). Pygidium with terminal anus, surrounded by eighteen small, almost cirriform terminal papillae, dorso-laterally broadly grouped in pairs (12), ventrolaterally individual (6) (Fig. 2F). Tube at least four times as long as body length, formed by aggregated sand grains, shell fragments and other calcareous debris covering a thick, smooth, inner mucus layer (Fig. 1D), partly hidden under big boulders. Coelom filled with oocytes measuring ca 60 µm in diameter. Paratypes Based on paratype CEAB A.P. 936B (with variation in the other small paratypes between brackets). Body divided in two fragments, 41 mm long with 77 segments in total (other paratypes were all anterior fragments, including thorax and several abdominal segments). Thorax 19 mm (8–20 mm) long and 3.6 mm (2–5 mm) wide; with ill-defined segmentation dorsally; first six abdominal segments dorsally similar to thoracic ones, but segmentation better defined; remaining abdominal segments well marked, long, pale reddish, with a posterior whitish swelling dorsally linking neuropodia (Fig. 5A). Tentacles few in number, with U-shaped cross-section. Tentacular membrane well defined, poorly developed on ventral side; laterally hidden by first pair of lateral lappets (Fig. 5D); eyespots present in some specimens, progressively decreasing in diameter when more dorsal (Fig. 5F). Upper lip well projecting forward, wider than long; thicker at base, almost completely hidden ventrally by first pair of lateral lappets (Fig. 5B, D–E). Lower lip ¼ times as long as upper lip, swollen, with conical tip, hidden ventrally by membrane connecting first pair of lateral lappets (Fig. 5E). Lateral lappets large, discontinuous, two pairs, on segments 1 and 3 (Fig. 5A–E); first pair quadrangular, laterally reaching notopodia level, with a well-developed joining membrane; second pair separated from base of first pair, ⅔ times as large as first, laterally hiding segment 2, covering base of first branchiae, ending ventrally between first and second ventral shields. Three pairs of branched branchiae (Fig. 5C) whitish (preserved material), starting from segment 2; first pair ca ⅓ as long as body width, third pair ca 0.8 times as long as body width; branchiae with thick stalks, with many dendritic branches arranged in four levels. Nephridial papillae not seen. First twelve notopodia surrounded by whitish glandular patches (Fig. 5A); fourteen ventral shields, starting from segment 2, fused on segments 2–3, wider than long on segments 2–11; on segments 2–10 smooth, all about the same size; on segments 11–13 (11–12 in some specimens) with one transverse groove, then two transverse grooves on segment 14 and more than two on segment 15 (non-distinguishable in smallest specimen); abdomen smooth ventrally until pygidium (Fig. 5A). Notopodia from segment 4, extending through segment 20 as swollen, conspicuous lobes (Fig. 5A). Notochaetae of two types within same fascicle, alimbate and narrowly unilimbate capillaries, similar in length (Fig. 6A–B), in J-shaped arrangement. Thoracic neuropodia starting from segment 5, first seven ⅔ times as large as posterior ones, with uncini arranged in single rows in segments 5–10, and in double rows (back-to-back position) in segments 11–20 (Fig. 6C). Abdominal neuropodia narrow (first abdominal ca 4.1 times as broad as last thoracic), half as long as wide, projecting posteriorly, with uncini in single rows until pygidium. Thoracic uncini measuring ca 60 µm long and 35 µm wide, pectinate, with a crest of three teeth in a single row over main fang, with a curved back twice as long as prow, well-marked heel and reduced dorsal button, with anterior filament long, projected downwards (Figs 4C, 6D). Abdominal uncini ca 46 µm long and 30 µm wide, similar in shape to thoracic ones, with a crest of four teeth in a single row over main fang (Fig. 6E). Pygidium with terminal, rounded anus, surrounded by seven long, conical terminal papillae with a well-defined base, forming two clearly separated groups of five dorsolateral and two ventral papillae (Fig. 5G–H). Tube not seen. Remarks Larger vs smaller specimens of L. davidi sp. nov. The specimens of L. davidi sp. nov. show obvious morphological differences, which in other circumstances could have been considered as representing different species (Table 2). This is the reason why we present the comparisons of both morphotypes with other species of the genus separated in the next two sections. However, most of these differences appear to be size-related to some extent, since the largest specimen always shows larger or more numerous structures, such as branchiae, capillary chaetae, and uncini. The only differences apparently non size-related are the presence of eyes and the length of terminal pygidial papillae. However, eyes are subdermal and may become hidden by the thicker tegument of the larger specimen. As for the pygidial papillae, they clearly have distinct shapes, but also are more numerous in the largest specimen and proportionally longer in the smaller ones. Nevertheless, the giant specimen was regenerating its posterior end, having the last ca 29 segments thinner and shorter than the previous ones (Figs 1A, 2E). Although we suggest that the shape and smaller size of its terminal pygidial papillae (Fig. 2F) may be related to the regenerating process, this cannot be confirmed because there is only one large specimen avilable. Once dissected, the parapodia of the largest specimen show lateral zones with growing uncini both in the thorax (Fig. 3D–E) and in the abdomen (Fig. 3H). In thoracic parapodia, the uncini are arranged in single rows in the growing zones, even in those parapodia with double rows of normal uncini (Fig. 3E). Similar growing zones are not seen in the small specimens, likely because they are too small to be distinguished. The living largest specimen rhythmically contracted its branchial tips (Supp. file 1: video S1), likely increasing water renewal. Branchial contractions cannot be confirmed for our small specimens (none of them were observed in vivo), and neither have any been previously reported for other giant specimens of Loimia (Montagu 1819; Lavesque et al. 2017). Conversely, Wilson (1928) reported contractile branchiae and clearly visible red blood pulsations through the blood vessels in the early benthic stages of Loimia from the English Channel. It would be interesting to examine more material – especially large animals – to further assess the variation/homogeneity of all these particular morphological characters, which in most cases have been considered as key for species diagnosis. Larger specimen of L. davidi sp. nov. vs other species of Loimia Malmgren, 1866 The larger specimen of L. davidi sp. nov. is distinguished from other congeners by a unique combination of features: (1) two pairs of lappets on segments 1 and 3, first pair almost reaching each other midventrally and second pair laterally, not joining midventrally; (2) long arborescent branchiae with up to eight levels of branches; (3) three kinds of notochaetae in thoracic segments including alimbate, unilimbate and bilimbate capillaries; and (4) thoracic and abdominal uncini with five teeth in a single longitudinal row over main fang (Table 3; Supp. file 1: Table S3). The holotype resembles the described specimens of L. gigantea from Brittany (France) both in size and overall morphology, but also in bearing two additional types of capillary notochaetae together with the typical smooth ones, instead of none or one in all remaining species of Loimia (Table 3; Supp. file 1: Table S3). However, the presence of three types of capillary chaetae is only known in these very large specimens of Loimia, whereas the smaller specimens of L. davidi sp. nov. show only two types, thus casting serious doubts on the taxonomic value of this character. The larger specimen of L. davidi sp. nov. differs from L. gigantea in having the first pair of lateral lappets more developed (second pair more developed in L. gigantea), lappets uniformly pale brownish to whitish in vivo (first pair with a red margin and second pair entirely red in L. gigantea). Lateral lappets may show some variability among Terebellidae, although they have traditionally been used to distinguish species (e.g., Jirkov 2020). Thus, we consider the observed differences as relevant enough to be mentioned here. These two species also differ in the absence of abdominal dark spots (present in L. gigantea), branchiae arranged in eight levels (five in L. gigantea), fifteen ventral shields (sixteen in L. gigantea), and uncini ca 120 µm long with slightly marked, round heel and upper-most tooth very small, often difficult to distinguish (100 µm, well-marked, angular heel and well-defined upper tooth in L. gigantea) (Fig. 4A–B). Moreover, although being of doubtful value due to its regenerating posterior end, the larger specimen of L. davidi sp. nov. has 18 terminal pygidial papillae (14 in L. gigantea). In addition, this specimen was found subtidally, partly hidden under big boulders, and its tube is composed of sand grains and shell remains, while L. gigantea occurred intertidally and, in addition to sand and shell fragments, their tubes characteristically show macroalgal filaments attached to the emerging portion (absent in the tube of the larger specimen of L. davidi sp. nov.). Considering that we only found one large specimen of L. davidi sp. nov., we cannot confirm whether the observed differences in tube structure can be considered species-specific. We have found two additional morphological differences between the larger specimen of L. davidi sp. nov. and L. gigantea after the re-examination of the paratypes of the latter, not mentioned in its original description (Lavesque et al. 2017). First, the segmentation in L. gigantea is clearly defined dorsally all along the body, with all segments transversally divided by several grooves and at least the median one entirely splitting each segment. This is particularly evident in the abdominal segments, where the main transversal groove divides each segment into two equal parts. Also, there are no traces of a swelling dorsally linking the abdominal parapodia. In contrast, the body segmentation in the larger specimen of L. davidi sp. nov. is characteristically ill-defined dorsally in the thoracic and first three abdominal segments, and well-marked with a posterior whitish swelling dorsally linking the neuropodia in all remaining abdominal segments (including those in the regenerating region). Second, in L. gigantea, the uncini are arranged in typical back-to-back double rows (Fig. 7A) and irregularly distributed in the abdominal parapodia (Fig. 7B–C), whereas in the larger specimen of L. davidi sp. nov. the abdominal uncini are arranged in a single row (Fig. 3H). The lateral zones with growing uncini observed in the larger specimen of L. davidi sp. nov. (Fig. 3D–E, H) are also present in L. gigantea (Fig. 7A–B) and typically also occur in the species of Axionice (Jirkov & Leontovich 2017). Smaller specimens of L. davidi sp. nov. vs other species of Loimia Malmgren, 1866 The smaller specimens of L. davidi sp. nov. are distinguished from other congeners by a unique combination of features: (1) presence of eyespots in the tentacular membrane; (2) two pairs of similar- sized lappets on segments 1 and 3, first pair ventral and almost reaching each other midventrally and second pair lateral; (3) two kinds of notochaetae in thoracic segments including alimbate and
- Published
- 2022
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
11. Loimia Malmgren 1866
- Author
-
Martin, Daniel, Capa, María, Martínez, Alejandro, and Costa, Ana Cristina
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Terebellida ,Terebellidae ,Loimia ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Genus Loimia Malmgren, 1866 Type species Loimia medusa (Savigny, 1822) (by original designation). Diagnosis Based on Carrerette & Nogueira (2015), Nogueira et al. (2015) and Wang et al. (2020). Eyespots, if present, at basal part of prostomium; lobes on segments 1 and 3 or 1 and 2/3 (in combination of segment 2 and 3), sometimes also on segment 4. Three pairs of branching branchiae, on segments 2–4. Rectangular or trapezoidal mid-ventral shields from segments 2–3 to posterior region where notopodia terminate; last segments of the glandular region usually subdivided by transverse bands. Conical to rectangular notopodia beginning on segment 4, extending for 17 segments, until segment 20; notochaetae all narrowly winged. Neuropodia beginning from segment 5, bearing pectinate uncini, arranged in single rows on segments 5–10 and in double rows on segments 11–20. Genital papillae on segments 6–8. Pygidium smooth to papillate., Published as part of Martin, Daniel, Capa, María, Martínez, Alejandro & Costa, Ana Cristina, 2022, Taxonomic implications of describing a new species of Loimia (Annelida, Terebellidae) with two size-dependent morphotypes, pp. 60-96 in European Journal of Taxonomy 833 on page 67, DOI: 10.5852/ejt.2022.833.1887, http://zenodo.org/record/6949902, {"references":["Savigny J. - C. 1822. Systeme des annelides, principalement de celles des cotes de l'Egypte et de la Syrie, offrant les caracteres tant distinctifs que naturels des Ordres, Familles et Genres, avec la description des Especes. Description de l'Egypte ou Recueil des Observations et des Recherches qui ont ete faites en Egypte pendant l'Expedition de l'Armee francaise, publie par les Ordres de sa Majeste l'Empereur Napoleon le Grand. Histoire Naturelle, Paris 1: 1 - 128. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 66284","Carrerette O. & Nogueira J. M. M. 2015. The genus Loimia Malmgren, 1866 (Annelida: Terebellidae) off the Brazilian coast, with description of three new species and notes on some morphological characters of the genus. Zootaxa 3999 (1): 1 - 31. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3999.1.1","Nogueira J. M. M., Hutchings P. A. & Carrerette O. 2015. Terebellidae (Annelida, Terebelliformia) from Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Zootaxa 4019 (1): 484 - 576. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4019.1.18","Wang W., Sui J., Kou Q. & Li X. - Z. 2020. Review of the genus Loimia Malmgren, 1866 (Annelida, Terebellidae) from China seas with recognition of two new species based on integrative taxonomy. PeerJ 8: e 9491. https: // doi. org / 10.7717 / peerj. 9491"]}
- Published
- 2022
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
12. Laonice bahusiensis Soderstrom 1920
- Author
-
Sikorski, Andrey V., Radashevsky, Vasily I., Castelli, Alberto, Pavlova, Lyudmila V., Nygren, Arne, Malyar, Vasily V., Borisova, Polina B., Mikac, Barbara, Rousou, Maria, Martin, Daniel, Gil, João, Pacciardi, Lorenzo, and Langeneck, Joachim
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Spionida ,Laonice bahusiensis ,Taxonomy ,Spionidae ,Laonice - Abstract
Laonice bahusiensis Söderström, 1920 (Figs 2, 3, 4, 5A, 18A, 19A, Table 3) Laonice bahusiensis Söderström, 1920: 4–7, 81–83, 93, 98, 99, 110, 114, 128, 134, 195, 223, figs 78–82. Maciolek 2000: 534- 535, table 1. Jelsing 2003: 244, figs 1H, 3E, F. Sikorski 2003 (Part.): 320–325, figs 3A–I, 4A, B, 5A, B, 6F. Jelsing & Eibye-Jacobsen 2010: 376–377, figs 1–4. Type locality. SWEDEN, Skagerrak, Gullmarfjord, Bohuslän, approximately 58.25°N, 11.00°E, Zool. Stn. 1893. Type material. SMNH 4637 (lectotype), 4636, 4638 (11 paralectotypes); ZMMU Pl 973 (2 paralectotypes); UUZM 153 c, d, f, g (70 paralectotypes). Adult morphology. Up to 60 mm long, 1.2 mm wide for 120 chaetigers. Lectotype complete specimen in three fragments, totally 41 mm long, 1.0 mm wide for 107 chaetigers. Pigmentation on body and palps absent. Prostomium triangular, anteriorly wide, usually broadly rounded, occasionally truncate to slightly concave, fused with fronto-lateral margin of peristomium (Fig. 2A, G), posteriorly extending over 32 chaetigers (to end of chaetiger 26 in lectotype) as a low narrow caruncle, shorter in small individuals (Fig. 4A). Nuchal organs U-shaped ciliary bands on sides of caruncle (Fig. 2A). Length of nuchal organs was strongly correlated with individual number of branchiate chaetigers (Fig. 4C, r 2 = 0.7247, n = 76). Well-developed occipital antenna present in the lectotype (Fig. 3B) and in some specimens (21 of the 69 paralectotypes deposited at the UUZM), but may often be small or even greatly reduced (Fig. 3A). Two pairs of red eyes (appearing very dark red, almost black, in large formalin-fixed specimens) arranged trapezoidally, comprising one pair of large median eyes and one pair of small lateral eyes situated anteriorly and set wider apart; lateral eyes well separated from median pair but often deeply embedded inside epithelium and hardly discernible, especially in large individuals. Palps as long as 5–15 chaetigers, with deep frontal longitudinal groove lined with cilia. Chaetiger 1 with well-developed capillary chaetae and small postchaetal lamellae in both rami; notopodial lamellae triangular; neuropodial lamellae rounded. All notopodia with capillary chaetae only. Low prechaetal lamellae present in noto- and neuropodia on anterior chaetigers after chaetiger 1. Notopodial postchaetal lamellae large, leaf-like on branchiate chaetigers, greatly diminishing in size on posterior abranchiate chaetigers; lamellae on anterior branchiate chaetigers with upper tips pointed (Fig. 2C–E). Neuropodial postchaetal lamellae ear-like on branchiate chaetigers, greatly diminishing in size on posterior abranchiate chaetigers. Branchiae from chaetiger 2, up to 35 pairs (on chaetigers 2–32 in lectotype); first pair shorter or similar in length to notopodial postchaetal lamellae of chaetiger 2; from chaetigers 5–6 branchiae up to twice as long as notopodial postchaetal lamellae (Figs 2E, 3A, B), gradually diminishing in size on succeeding chaetigers, posteriorly present on 0–10 chaetigers after end of nuchal organs (Figs 4A, C, 19A). Branchiae free from lamellae, slightly flattened, with surfaces oriented perpendicular to body axis, with ciliation along inner and outer edges. Afferent and efferent branchial blood vessels forming a loop and interconnected by numerous circular capillaries giving branchiae annulate appearance. Individual number of branchiae was strongly correlated with length of nuchal organs (Fig. 4C). Dorsal transverse crests connecting notopodial postchaetal lamellae present, one per chaetiger, beginning on a chaetiger posterior to caruncle and continuing up to the 21 succeeding chaetigers (Fig. 2B) (on chaetigers 27–47 in lectotype). Lateral interneuropodial pouches from chaetigers 8–25 (from chaetiger 17 in lectotype) to end of the body. Anterior start of pouches was weakly correlated with individual number of branchiate chaetiger (Fig. 18A, r 2 = 0.3928, n = 77). Sabre chaetae in neuropodia from chaetigers 10–20 (from chaetiger 19 in lectotype), from more anterior chaetigers in small individuals (Fig. 4B), 1–3 in a tuft; chaetae with weak granulation on shaft. First appearance of sabre chaetae in neuropodia was weakly correlated with individual number of branchiae (Fig. 4D, r 2 = 0. 2879, n = 76). Hooded hooks in neuropodia from chaetigers 18–32 (from chaetiger 29 in lectotype), from more anterior chaetigers in small individuals (Fig. 4B), up to 14 in a series. Hooks tridentate or quinquedentate, with one or two pairs of upper teeth and a very small median superior tooth above main fang (Fig. 3D). Start of hooks in neuropodia was moderately correlated with the individual number of branchiae (Fig. 4D, r 2 = 0.6559, n = 76). Pygidium with up to seven pairs of cirri arranged around terminal anus, comprising one pair of ventral cirri and up to six pairs of thinner and longer dorsal cirri (Fig. 3C); fewer cirri in small individuals. Digestive tract without gizzard-like structure. Reproduction. Laonice bahusiensis is dioecious. The lectotype is a female with small (apparently not yet fully developed) oocytes. Methylene green staining. Tips of notopodial postchaetal lamellae from chaetigers 4–5 to chaetigers 6–12 usually well stained (Fig. 2G). Narrow bands of light staining present dorsally along anterior edge of prostomium and peristomium (Fig. 2G) and ventrally around mouth (Fig. 2F). Remarks. Most species of Laonice typically have one occipital antenna on the prostomium, inserted between the palp bases. In the L. bahusiensis examined in our study, the length of the occipital antennae varied a great deal, with more than half of the type specimens having neither occipital antenna nor scars to suggest that they were broken. In other type and non-type specimens possessing all the other characteristics of the species, a well-developed antenna was not always present between the palps. Distribution. Norwegian Sea, from Kolvereidvågen (64.9°N) south to Kattegat, Västra, Sweden and off Frederikshavn, Denmark (Fig. 5A). At 14–373 m depth., Published as part of Sikorski, Andrey V., Radashevsky, Vasily I., Castelli, Alberto, Pavlova, Lyudmila V., Nygren, Arne, Malyar, Vasily V., Borisova, Polina B., Mikac, Barbara, Rousou, Maria, Martin, Daniel, Gil, João, Pacciardi, Lorenzo & Langeneck, Joachim, 2021, Revision of the Laonice bahusiensis complex (Annelida: Spionidae) with a description of three new species, pp. 253-283 in Zootaxa 4996 (2) on pages 261-264, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4996.2.2, http://zenodo.org/record/5069822, {"references":["Soderstrom, A. (1920) Studien uber die Polychatenfamilie Spionidae. Inaugural-Dissertation. Almquist & Wicksells, Uppsala, 286 pp.","Maciolek, N. J. (2000) New species and records of Aonidella, Laonice, and Spiophanes (Polychaeta: Spionidae) from shelf and slope depths of the Western North Atlantic. Bulletin of Marine Science, 67 (1), 529 - 547.","Jelsing, J. (2003) Ultrastructural studies of dorsal ciliated organs in Spionidae (Annelida: Polychaeta). Hydrobiologia, 496 (1 - 3), 241 - 251. https: // doi. org / 10.1023 / A: 1026105200983.","Sikorski, A. V. (2003) Laonice (Polychaeta, Spionidae) in the Arctic and the North Atlantic. Sarsia, 88 (5), 316 - 345. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 00364820310002551","Jelsing, J. & Eibye-Jacobsen, D. (2010) Ultrastructure of the extensively developed nuchal organs of Laonice bahusiensis (Annelida: Canalipalpata: Spionidae). Journal of Morphology, 271 (3), 376 - 382. https: // doi. org / 10.1002 / jmor. 10813"]}
- Published
- 2021
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
13. Laonice grimaldii Sikorski, Nygren & Mikac 2021, n. sp
- Author
-
Sikorski, Andrey V., Radashevsky, Vasily I., Castelli, Alberto, Pavlova, Lyudmila V., Nygren, Arne, Malyar, Vasily V., Borisova, Polina B., Mikac, Barbara, Rousou, Maria, Martin, Daniel, Gil, João, Pacciardi, Lorenzo, and Langeneck, Joachim
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Laonice grimaldii ,Biodiversity ,Spionida ,Taxonomy ,Spionidae ,Laonice - Abstract
Laonice grimaldii Sikorski, Nygren & Mikac n. sp. http://zoobank.org:act: D21FC5F2-B9E2-4840-B75F-2D24EBBC2F45 (Figs 10, 11, 12A–C, 13, 14A, 18C, 19B, Table 3) Aonides cirrata: Fauvel, 1909 (Part.): 4–5. Not M. Sars 1851. Laonice cirrata: Fauvel, 1927 (Part.): 37–38, fig. 12a–e. Not M. Sars 1851. Type locality. ITALY, Ligurian Sea, st. GAS 10 ter., 43.6368°N, 10.0983°E, 70–80 m, muddy sand. Type material. MOM INV-0022706 (holotype), INV-0022681–0022693, 0022698, 0022699 (35 paratypes); HUJI NVPOLY-2950 (4 paratypes); MIMB 39037–39039, 39047 (23 paratypes); MNCNM 16.01 /18549–18566 (144 paratypes). Adult morphology. Holotype largest complete specimen 40 mm long, 0.8 mm wide for 109 chaetigers. Smallest complete paratype 13 mm long, 0.26 mm wide for 61 chaetigers. Pigmentation absent on body and palps. Gatherings of glandular cells on branchiae and postchaetal lamellae appearing dark in some formalin-fixed specimens. Prostomium triangular, anteriorly wide, truncate or broadly rounded, fused with anterior margin of peristomium (Figs 10A, B, F, 12A), extending posteriorly to chaetiger 37 (to end of chaetiger 33 in holotype) as a low caruncle (Figs 10A, 12A), shorter in small individuals (Fig. 13A). Posterior end of caruncle flat and often indistinct (Fig. 12B). Nuchal organs U-shaped ciliary bands on sides of caruncle (Fig. 10A). Length of nuchal organs was strongly correlated with individual number of branchiate chaetigers (Fig. 13C, r 2 = 0.8927, n = 30). Occipital antenna present, usually small (Fig. 10A, B, F, 12A). One pair of medium-sized median eyes as transverse short wide bands or oblong oval spots oriented obliquely (Figs 10A, F, 12A). Palps as long as 10–14 chaetigers, with deep frontal longitudinal groove lined with cilia. Chaetiger 1 with short capillaries and moderate sized postchaetal lamellae in both rami. Capillaries in each anterior parapodium arranged in two vertical rows. All notopodia with capillary chaetae only. Notopodial postchaetal lamellae with pointed upper tips usually on 3–4 anterior chaetigers (Fig. 10A), occasionally on 5–9 anterior chaetigers (Fig. 11A–D), with rounded to truncate upper edge on succeeding chaetigers (Fig. 11E, F). Notopodial postchaetal lamellae of chaetiger 3 slightly larger than those of chaetiger 4. Notopodial lamellae and branchiae on anterior chaetigers usually overlapping middorsally, thus obscuring observation of nuchal organs. Notopodial postchaetal lamellae on last branchiate chaetiger and on about seven succeeding postbranchial chaetigers with lower part expanded ventrally (Fig. 11G). Neuropodial postchaetal lamellae until chaetiger 4 with upper part acute (Fig. 11A, B), on succeeding chaetigers with rounded edges (Fig. 11C–G). Branchiae from chaetiger 2 to chaetigers 12–45 (on chaetigers 2–38 in holotype), fewer in smaller individuals (Fig. 13A). Branchiae short on anterior chaetigers, full-sized and slightly longer than notopodial postchaetal lamellae from chaetigers 4–5 onwards (Fig. 11B–F). Individual number of branchiae was strongly correlated with length of nuchal organs (Fig. 13C). Dorsal transverse crests absent on chaetigers with nuchal organs (Fig. 12B). Two dorsal crests usually present on each of 2–3 last branchiate chaetigers (Fig. 10D). Anterior crest on each of those chaetigers appearing as an extension of posterior sides of lateral interneuropodial pouches onto dorsum (Fig. 10C, D), becoming prominent from chaetiger 16 (Fig. 10C) and forming complete dorsal crests on 3–4 last branchiate chaetigers (Fig. 10D). Posterior crests appearing 1–2 chaetigers after first start of anterior crests and interconnecting notopodial postchaetal lamellae (Fig. 10D). Anterior and posterior crests almost equal in maximum height on 2–3 last branchiate chaetigers. Anterior crests reduced in height on succeeding chaetigers and disappearing completely after 2–6 postbranchiate chaetigers. Posterior crests on approximately 20 postbranchiate chaetigers (until chaetiger 57 in holotype) becoming nearly as high as notopodial postchaetal lamellae. Lateral interneuropodial pouches from chaetigers 7–26 (from chaetiger 14 in holotype) to body end. Anterior start of pouches was moderately correlated with individual number of branchiate chaetigers (Fig. 18C, r 2 = 0.5278, n = 29). Sabre chaetae in neuropodia from chaetigers 8–18 (from chaetiger 15 in holotype), from more anterior chaetigers in smaller individuals (Fig. 13B), 1–2 in a tuft below vertical row of capillaries or hooded hooks (Fig. 11F, G). Anterior start of sabre chaetae was weakly correlated with individual number of branchiate chaetigers (Fig. 13D, r 2 = 0.2854, n = 30). Hooded hooks in neuropodia from chaetigers 13–36 (from chaetiger 34 in holotype), from more anterior chaetigers in smaller individuals (Fig. 13B), up to 13 in a series (Fig. 11G). Hooks tri- or quinquedentate, with one or two pairs of small apical teeth above main fang (Figs 11H, 12C); superior pair of teeth tiny and hardly discernible, not developed in some hooks. Anterior start of hooks was strongly correlated with individual number of branchiate chaetigers (Fig. 13D, r 2 = 0.9189, n = 31). Pygidium with one pair of short ventral cirri and up to four pairs of longer and thinner thread-like dorsal cirri with swollen bases (Fig. 10E). Digestive tract without gizzard-like structure. Methylene green staining. Intensely stained narrow band along frontal edge of prostomium and peristomium (Fig. 10F); usually stained as well the posterior surfaces, lateral margins and sometimes frontal surfaces of distal parts of notopodial postchaetal lamellae from chaetiger 4 to chaetiger 9 (rarely up to chaetiger 19), and basal parts of pygidial cirri (Fig. 10F). Characteristic diffused staining on ventral body surface, most intensely from approximately chaetiger 21 to chaetigers 33–35 (Fig. 10G). Remarks. Adult L. grimaldii n. sp. appear similar to L. bahusiensis in having the prostomium fused with the frontal margin of the peristomium, dorsal crests only on postbranchiate chaetigers and a narrow band along the frontal edge of prostomium stained with Methylene Green. They differ from all other species of Laonice in having double dorsal crests on chaetigers near the last branchiate chaetiger. Within the L. bahusiensis complex, L. grimaldii n. sp. differs from the other species in having rounded instead of acute notopodial postchaetal lamellae after chaetigers 4–9, and branchiae being slightly longer instead of considerably longer (from 1.3 to 2 times longer) than notopodial postchaetal lamellae. Moreover, the adults of L. grimaldii n. sp. characteristically have a caruncle flattened and therefore indistinct on its posterior end (Fig. 12B), contrary to adults of most other species, which have distinct caruncles that terminate clearly and abruptly. The adults of L. grimaldii n. sp. are similar to those of L. antipoda Sikorski, 2011 from South Africa in various numeric characteristics, especially in the presence of branchiae and prominent dorsal crests on several chaetigers posterior to nuchal organs. In the original description of L. antipoda, Sikorski (2011) noticed the absence of an occipital antenna in the specimens examined but assumed that it might be due to damage. Recent examinations of additional material of L. antipoda from Angola and Gabon (Sikorski, unpublished), however, confirmed the lack of an occipital antenna in this species (Fig. 12D). Thus, L. grimaldii n. sp. differs from L. antipoda by having smaller adults (maximum body width ≤ 0.8 mm in L. grimaldii n. sp. versus ≥ 1.0 mm in L. antipoda), double dorsal crests on 1–2 last branchiate chaetiger(s), an occipital antenna on the prostomium, and notopodial postchaetal lamellae of chaetiger 4 smaller than those of chaetiger 3 (instead of much bigger as in L. antipoda). Etymology. The name of the species refers to the House of Grimaldi, the princely family of Monaco and, more specifically, it is dedicated to Prince Albert I, who collected some of the specimens used for the present species description. Distribution. Mediterranean Sea (Fig. 14A). At 4–80 m depth., Published as part of Sikorski, Andrey V., Radashevsky, Vasily I., Castelli, Alberto, Pavlova, Lyudmila V., Nygren, Arne, Malyar, Vasily V., Borisova, Polina B., Mikac, Barbara, Rousou, Maria, Martin, Daniel, Gil, João, Pacciardi, Lorenzo & Langeneck, Joachim, 2021, Revision of the Laonice bahusiensis complex (Annelida: Spionidae) with a description of three new species, pp. 253-283 in Zootaxa 4996 (2) on pages 269-273, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4996.2.2, http://zenodo.org/record/5069822, {"references":["Fauvel, P. (1909) Deuxieme note preliminaire sur les polychetes provenant des campagnes de l'Hirondelle et de la Princesse- Alice, ou deposees dans la Musee Oceanographique de Monaco. Bulletin de l'Institute Oceanographique de Monaco, 142, 1 - 76.","Sars, M. (1851) Beretning om en i Sommeren 1849 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, 6 (2), 121 - 211.","Fauvel, P. (1927) Polychetes sedentaires. Addenda aux Errantes, Archiannelides, Myzostomaires. Faune de France, 16, 1 - 494.","Sikorski, A. V. (2011) Review of Laonice (Spionidae, Annelida) with remarks on several species and a description of a new species from South Africa. Italian Journal of Zoology, 78 (S 1), 201 - 214. https: // doi. org / 10.1080 / 11250003.2011.617218"]}
- Published
- 2021
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
14. Laonice (Laonice) Malmgren 1867
- Author
-
Sikorski, Andrey V., Radashevsky, Vasily I., Castelli, Alberto, Pavlova, Lyudmila V., Nygren, Arne, Malyar, Vasily V., Borisova, Polina B., Mikac, Barbara, Rousou, Maria, Martin, Daniel, Gil, João, Pacciardi, Lorenzo, and Langeneck, Joachim
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Spionida ,Taxonomy ,Spionidae ,Laonice - Abstract
Laonice (Laonice) Malmgren, 1867 Laonice (Laonice): Sikorski, Gunton & Pavlova 2017: 962. Type species: Nerine cirrata M. Sars, 1851. By monotypy. Diagnosis. Prostomium fused with fronto-lateral margin of peristomium. Caruncle long, extending beyond half of branchiate chaetigers. Capillary chaetae on anterior chaetigers arranged in two vertical rows. Hooded hooks with main fang surmounted by paired apical teeth. Hooks absent in notopodia. Remarks. The nominotypical subgenus Laonice (Laonice) was recognized by Sikorski et al. (2017) based on a morphological analysis of Laonice species. Molecular analysis provided in the present study (Fig. 1) supports the monophyly of this group., Published as part of Sikorski, Andrey V., Radashevsky, Vasily I., Castelli, Alberto, Pavlova, Lyudmila V., Nygren, Arne, Malyar, Vasily V., Borisova, Polina B., Mikac, Barbara, Rousou, Maria, Martin, Daniel, Gil, João, Pacciardi, Lorenzo & Langeneck, Joachim, 2021, Revision of the Laonice bahusiensis complex (Annelida: Spionidae) with a description of three new species, pp. 253-283 in Zootaxa 4996 (2) on page 259, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4996.2.2, http://zenodo.org/record/5069822, {"references":["Malmgren, A. J. (1867) Annulata Polychaeta Spetsbergiae, Gronlandiae, Islandiae et Scandinaviae Hactenus Cognita. Ex Officina Frenckelliana, Helsingforsiae, 127 pp. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 13358","Sikorski, A., Gunton, L. M. & Pavlova, L. (2017) Laonice species (Polychaeta, Spionidae) from the Whittard Canyon (NE Atlantic) with descriptions of two new species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 97 (5), 961 - 973. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / s 0025315417000480","Sars, M. (1851) Beretning om en i Sommeren 1849 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, 6 (2), 121 - 211."]}
- Published
- 2021
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
15. Terebellides
- Author
-
Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel, and Moreira, Juan
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Trichobranchidae ,Biodiversity ,Terebellides ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Terebellides sp. 1 Figures 11D, 35 A���B, 37; Tables 1, 2 Material examined. One specimen (NHMD-231440, Table 1). Description Measurements and general body features. Complete and well preserved specimen, 29 mm long and 2.5 mm wide (Fig. 35 A���B); body tapering posteriorly with segments increasingly shorter and crowded towards pygidium. Prostomium compact; very large tentacular membrane surrounding mouth, with typical buccal tentacles with expanded tips. SGI as an expanded structure below tentacular membrane. Lateral lappets on SGIII���VII (TC1���5). Table 1. Locality and collecting data, museum registration numbers and reference to figures, of all Terebellides specimens described in this work. Country names and coordinates are copied from original museum labels. ���continued on the next page Table 1. (continued) ���continued on the next page Table 1. (continued) Angola (Off 130 ��� ��� 22-12-1950 17��13���S 11��42���E 75 1 NHMD-231444 ��� paratypes Cunene river) ��� 131 ��� ��� 22-12-1950 17��13���S 11��42���E 100 1 NHMD-231445 ��� paratypes ��� 132 ��� ��� ��� 17��13���S 11��27���E 200 1 NHMD-231447 ��� paratypes MNCN non-type; Congo 16-2 this work N���Kossa 2003 5��16.839���S 11��33.966���E 150 1 ��� 16.01/18585 SEM MNCN non-type; ��� 17-1 ��� ��� ��� 5��16.365���S 11��33.655���E 110 1 ��� 16.01/18586 SEM MNCN ��� NK0300E(B) ��� ��� 2015 5��16.4240���S 11��34.0065���E 158 2 ��� non-type 16.01/18587 MNCN non-type; 19C���F, ��� N1S 0500S ��� ��� ��� 5��19.4803���S 11��35.8724���E 137 1 ��� 16.01/18588 SEM 20A���F MNCN ��� N1S 300S ��� ��� ��� 5��20.7549���S 11��36.3353���E 136 1 ��� non-type 16.01/18589 MNCN non-type; ��� NK0500S(A) ��� ��� ��� 5��16.7202���S 11��33.8665���E 167 1 ��� 19A���B 16.01/18590 SEM Terebellides kirkegaardi sp. nov. original new campaign/oil country station-sample reference date longitude latitude depth specs registration registration Remarks Figures field number number Cameroon Kirkegaard 21A, (Bota at 61 Galathea 01-12-1950 n.d. n.d. 8���9 1 NHMD-231439 ��� holotype (1959) 22B Victoria) NHMD- ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� 35 ��� paratypes 22A, C-F 636923 NHMD- paratype; ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� 1 ��� 23A���D 636924 SEM NHMD- paratype, ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� 1 ��� 24A���G 636925 SEM ���continued on the next page Table 1. (continued) NHMD- ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� 1 ��� paratypes 636926 MNCN 26A���D, Congo 11_2 this work N���Kossa 2003 5��22.708S 11��27.627E 545 1 ��� non-type; SEM 16.01/18591 27A���D Kirkegaard Angola 135 Atlantide 17-03-1946 7��55���S 12��38���E 235���460 2 NHMD-231437 ��� paratypes (1959) Kirkegaard ��� 133 ��� 1950 17��13���S 11��27���E 320 2 NHMD-231448 -��� paratypes 25C (1959) Terebellides nkossa sp. nov. original new station- campaign/oil country reference date longitude latitude depth specs registration registration Remarks Figures sample field number number non-type; Kirgegaard Sierra Leone 51 Atlantide 31-1-1945 7��14���N 12��57���W 108 1 NHDM-231434 ��� labelled as T. (1959) af. nkossa MNCN Gabon AYM 34-1 this work Ayol 2011 1��19.82��� 8��43.8��� 43 3 ��� paratype 16.01/18592 MNCN ��� AYM 34-2 ��� Ayol ��� ��� ��� ��� 3 ��� paratype 16.01/18593 MNCN ��� AYM 34-2 ��� Ayol ��� ��� ��� ��� 1 ��� holotype 28A, 29A 16.01/18594 MNCN ��� AYM 35-1 ��� Ayol ��� 1��20.3��� 8��44.0��� 44 7 ��� paratype 29B���C 16.01/18595 MNCN ��� ��� ��� Ayol ��� ��� ��� ��� 1 ��� paratype; SEM 30A���F 16.01/18596 MNCN ��� AYM 35-2 ��� Ayol ��� ��� ��� ��� 5 ��� paratype 16.01/18597 MNCN ��� AYM 36-1 ��� Ayol ��� 1��20.6��� 8��44.1��� 44 4 ��� paratype 16.01/18598 MNCN ��� AYM 36-2 ��� Ayol ��� ��� ��� ��� 1 ��� paratype; SEM 32A���D 16.01/18599 MNCN ��� ��� ��� Ayol ��� ��� ��� ��� 5 ��� paratype 16.01/18600 MNCN ��� AYM 37-1 ��� Ayol ��� 1��21.8��� 8��44.8��� 45 1 ��� paratype; SEM 31A���F 16.01/18601 MNCN ��� ��� ��� Ayol ��� ��� ��� ��� 1 ��� paratype 29D 16.01/18602 MNCN ��� ��� ��� Ayol ��� ��� ��� ��� 7 ��� paratype 16.01/18603 MNCN ��� AYM 37-2 ��� Ayol ��� ��� ��� ��� 7 ��� paratype 16.01/18604 Banc du MNCN ��� BDP 55-1 ��� ��� 0��37.5��� 8��45.6��� 47 1 ��� paratype Prince 16.01/18605 ���continued on the next page Table 1. (continued) Terebellides ramili sp. country station- sample reference campaign/oil field date longitude latitude depth specs original registration number new registration number Remarks Figures Congo2This workN���Kossa18-11-20005��17.419���S11��34.379���E1801CEAB,129GMNCN 16.01/18613paratype ���7������18-11-20005��16.425���S11��33.765���E2001CEAB.129DMNCN 16.01/18614paratype; SEM34A���F���9������17-11-20005��16.285���S11��33.568���E1901CEAB.AP.129FMNCN 16.01/18615 Holotype28B, 33A���B������������17-11-2000���������2���MNCN 16.01/18616paratype Congo75Kirkegaard (1959) Galathea07-12-19505��41���S11��38���E2051NHMD-231438��� non-type; labelled T. af. ramili33C nov. Terebellides sp. 2 original new station- campaign/oil country reference date longitude latitude depth specs registration registration Remarks Figures sample field number number ���continued on the next page Table 1. (continued) South Africa Kirkegaard (Off Cape 165 Galathea 03-01-1951 n.d. n.d. 110 1 NHMD-231449 ��� dried out 35C���D (1959) Point) Branchiae. Branchiae arising as single structure from SGIII, consisting of a single stalked mid-dorsal branch having one pair of dorsal (upper) lobes not fused along their length, and one pair of ventral (lower) lobes of same length, neither fused together nor to dorsal ones, arising from branchial stem. Anterior projection of dorsal lobes (lobe 5) small. Pointed projection of posterior region of both upper and lower lobes forming a short terminal papilla (Fig. 35 A���B). Thorax. Eighteen pairs of notopodia (SGIII���XX), with those in TC1 smaller than subsequent ones. Neuropodia as sessile pinnules, from TC6 (SGVIII) to pygidium, with uncini in single rows starting from TC7 (SGIX) throughout. First neuropodia (TC 6) with eight sharply bent, acute-tipped, geniculate chaetae; second and subsequent neuropodia with up to 14���16 uncini per torus. Abdomen. Thirty-one pairs of neuropodia as erect pinnules, with ca. 25 uncini per torus. Other body features. A very small nephridial papilla behind first thoracic notopodia; two pairs of simple nephridial openings dorsal to each SGVI and VII (TC 4 and TC 5) notopodium. Pygidium blunt, as a funnel-like depression. Methyl green staining pattern. Anterior CH 1 to CH 3 solid; CH 4 to CH 18 striped; more pronounced in CH 4 to CH 11; near pattern 1 of Sch��ller & Hutchings (2010) (Fig. 37). Distribution and bathymetry. Congo; 200 m depth (Fig. 11D; Table 1). Remarks. The specimen was not examined under SEM, preventing adequate observations of relevant characters (i.e., ciliation of branchial lamellae, teeth size and shape on thoracic uncini) and, thus, formal description. It is characterised by the great development of the tentacular membrane, a trait shared with T. californica and T. mediterranea which, in turn, differ from Terebellides sp. 1 in having long TC1 notopodium and notochaetae, both smaller in this specimen. Terebellides resomari Lavesque, Hutchings, Daffe, Nygren & Londo��o-Mesa, 2019 also shares this character, but differs from Terebellides sp. 1 in having papillar projections over the margin of the branchial lamellae and a well-developed fifth branchial lobe., Published as part of Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel & Moreira, Juan, 2020, On the diversity of Terebellides (Annelida, Trichobranchidae) in West Africa, seven new species and the redescription of T. africana Augener, 1918 stat. prom., pp. 1-61 in Zootaxa 4771 (1) on pages 46-53, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4771.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/3798452, {"references":["Augener, H. (1918) Polychaeta. In: Michaelsen, W. (Ed.), Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Meeresfauna Westafrikas 2. L. Friederichsen, Hamburg, pp. 67 - 625.","Kirkegaard, J. B. (1959) The polychaete fauna of West Africa. Part I. Sedentary species. Atlantide Report. Scientific Results of the Danish expedition to the coasts of tropical West Africa, 1945 - 1946, 5, 7 - 117.","Hutchings, P. A. (2007) New species of deep-sea Terebellidae and Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta) (sedentary species III). Galathea Report, 21, 75 - 90.","Schuller, M. & Hutchings, P. A. (2010) New insights in the taxonomy of Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta) with the description of a new Terebellides from Australia. Zootaxa, 2395 (1), 1 - 16. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 2395.1.1","Lavesque, N., Hutchings, P., Daffe, G., Nygren, A. & Londono-Mesa, M. H. (2019) A revision of the French Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta), with descriptions of nine new species. Zootaxa, 4664 (2), 151 - 190. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4664.2.1"]}
- Published
- 2020
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
16. Terebellides ramili Parapar & Martin & Moreira 2020, sp. nov
- Author
-
Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel, and Moreira, Juan
- Subjects
Terebellides ramili ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Trichobranchidae ,Biodiversity ,Terebellides ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Terebellides ramili sp. nov. Figures 11D, 28B, 33, 34, 37; Tables 1, 2 urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: 97DCCE83-A2BC-48EF-B84A-BB20123827AF Material examined. Type material. Four specimens: holotype (MNCN16.01 /18615); three paratypes (MNCN 16.01 /18613, 16.01/18614 and 16.01/18616). Non-type material. One specimen (NHMD-231438, Table 1). Diagnosis. Body small/medium sized (18.5 mm in length); TC1–5 ventrally whitish. Branchial anterior lobe absent; posterior ventral lobes thinner than dorsal ones, with terminal filament and directly emerging from branchial stem. TC1 notopodia and notochaetae as long as following ones. Thoracic neurochaetae with rostrum/capitium length about 1/1, and capitium with a first row of 5−6 small teeth followed by similar sized ones. Description based on holotype Measurements and general body features. Complete specimen, 18.5 mm long and 1.5 mm wide; female with oocytes in body cavity (Fig. 28B, 33 A−B). Body tapering posteriorly with segments increasingly shorter and crowded towards pygidium. Prostomium compact; short tentacular membrane surrounding mouth, devoid of buccal tentacles. SGI as an expanded structure below tentacular membrane (Fig. 33A). Lateral lappets on SGIII–VII (TC1–5), larger in SGIII–IV (Fig. 33B). Branchiae. Branchiae arising as single structure from SGIII, with a single stalked mid-dorsal branch (Fig. 28B) having one pair of dorsal (upper), non-fused lobes and one pair of shorter ventral (lower) lobes, neither fused together nor to dorsal ones, with terminal filament (Fig. 28B, 33 A−B). Anterior projection of dorsal lobes (lobe 5) absent. Both sides of branchial lamellae with cilia; rows and/or tufts or papillae not seen. Thorax. Eighteen pairs of notopodia (SGIII–XX), with those of TC1 as long as subsequent ones. Neuropodia as sessile pinnules, from TC6 (SGVIII) to pygidium, with uncini in single rows starting from TC7 (SGIX) throughout. First neuropodia (TC6) with 4–5 sharply bent, acute-tipped, geniculate chaetae (Fig. 34A) showing minute teeth forming a capitium. From TC7, neuropodia with up to 6–10 uncini per torus in one row, with long shafted denticulate hooks, rostrum about same length as capitium, with 8–10 small teeth above main fang, surmounted by two rows of several teeth of same size (Fig. 34 B–D). Abdomen. Thirty-one neuropodia as erect pinnules, with about 25−30 uncini per torus having four teeth above main fang surmounted by an upper crest of 4–5 teeth and a variable number of smaller teeth (Fig. 34 E–F). Other body features. Pairs of nephridial papillae both at TC1; dorsal paired nephridial openings in anterior thoracic notopodia not seen. Pygidium blunt, as funnel-like depression. Five anterior thoracic chaetigers (TC1−5) ventro-laterally whitish (Fig. 33A); last two (TC4–5) more pigmented. Methyl green staining pattern. Anterior CH 1 to CH 3 solid; CH 4 to CH 12 striped; being CH 4 and CH 5 much more marked than previous ones, and CH 12 faded; J-shaped glandular region slightly marked lateral to CH 2 and CH 3; near pattern 5 of Schüller & Hutchings (2010) (Fig. 37). Variability. Body 6.0 mm long in the only complete (and probably immature) paratype (MNCN16.01/18613). Specimen NHMD-231438 (Fig. 33C), collected during the Galathea expedition and originally identified as T. stroemii by Kirkegaard (1959), has been identified here as T. af. ramili. It is a 22-mm long female with oocytes that was collected nearby the type location and at similar depths (Table 1). However, its identity cannot be fully confirmed as colouration of TC4–TC5 is different than others being more widely distributed in TC4 and much less in TC5 (Fig. 33C). Moreover, this specimen bears shorter branchial ventral lobes than in T. ramili sp. nov. and lacks terminal filament. Type locality. Off Congo; 190 m depth (Table 1). Distribution and bathymetry. Off Congo and Namibia; 190−537 m depth (Fig. 11D; Table 1). Etymology. The species is named after Dr. Francisco Ramil (Universidade de Vigo, Spain), for his numerous contributions to the taxonomy of marine invertebrates, especially Cnidarians, in many world seas but specifically in the Iberian Peninsula, Antarctica and the Atlantic African littoral. Remarks. The conspicuous white colouration of T. ramili sp. nov. resembles that of the boreal Terebellides gracilis Malm, 1874, recently reported from Iceland by Parapar et al. (2011) and the Adriatic Sea by Parapar et al. (2013). The type material redescribed by Parapar et al. (2011) shows a homogeneous colour pattern between TC1 and TC4, while in T. ramili sp. nov. it appears from TC1 to TC5 being even more conspicuous in TC4 and TC5. Furthermore, TC1 notopodia and notochaetae in the Mediterranean specimens of T. gracilis are smaller than in other chaetigers (similar throughout or slightly larger in T. ramili sp. nov.) and the thoracic uncini show large anterior teeth in the capitium (Parapar et al., 2011: Fig. 10C). These teeth are closer to Type 1, as it happens in T. longiseta sp. nov. and T. kirkegaardi sp. nov., or Type 2, as in T. fauveli sp. nov., and different to the Type 4 present in T. ramili sp. nov. Moreover, T. ramili sp. nov. also differs from the three aforementioned species in the branchial shape, size of TC1 and ventral colour pattern (see above).
- Published
- 2020
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
17. Terebellides congolana Parapar & Martin & Moreira 2020, sp. nov
- Author
-
Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel, and Moreira, Juan
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Trichobranchidae ,Biodiversity ,Terebellides congolana ,Terebellides ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Terebellides congolana sp. nov. Figures 11A, 12A, 13���15, 37; Tables 1, 2 urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: F56164BC-1B78-4ECE-ACA5-543E5D75EB90 Material examined. Type material. Four specimens: holotype (MNCN 16.01 /18582); three paratypes (MNCN 16.01 /18581, 16.01/18583 and 16.01/18584, Table 1). Diagnosis. Body large (31���33 mm in length), with branchial anterior lobe, posterior ventral lobes much smaller than dorsal ones, with short terminal filament, and emerging after fusion line of dorsal ones. TC1 notopodia and notochaetae much longer than following ones. Thoracic neurochaetae with rostrum / capitium length about 1/1, and capitium with a first row of 4���5 big teeth followed by a second row of much smaller, progressively smaller teeth. Description based on holotype Measurements and general body features. Complete specimen, 31.0 mm long and 3.0 mm wide (Fig. 12A); female with oocytes in body cavity. Body tapering posteriorly, with segments increasingly shorter and crowded towards pygidium. Prostomium compact; large tentacular membrane surrounding mouth with typical buccal tentacles with expanded tips (Fig. 13A, E). SGI as an expanded structure below tentacular membrane (Fig. 13 A���B). Lateral lappets on SGIII���VIII (TC1���6), larger in SGIII���VII (TC1���5) (Fig. 13 A���E). Low oval-shaped glandular region in CH 3 in some specimens (Fig. 13B), but not evident. Branchiae. Branchiae arising as single structure from SGIII, with a single short-stalked mid-dorsal branch (Fig. 12A, 13 A���B, E), one pair of long dorsal (upper) lobes 50% fused, reaching TC6���7 (Fig. 13C) and one pair of ven- tral (lower) lobes about 1/5 as long as dorsal ones), not fused together and arising from mid-length of dorsal lobes fusion line (Fig. 13 A���B). Anterior projection of dorsal lobes (lobe 5) large, about 1/4 length of posterior dorsal lobes (Fig. 13E). Pointed projection of posterior region only in lower lobes, as a short and thick terminal filament (Fig. 13A). Both sides of branchial lamellae with several parallel bent rows of cilia and ciliated papillae on outer edge (Fig. 14 C���D). Thorax. Eighteen pairs of notopodia (SGIII���XX), with dorsal ciliated papillae (Fig. 14 E���F). TC1 much more developed and with longer notochaetae than subsequent ones (Fig. 13B, E). All notochaetae as simple capillaries. Neuropodia as sessile pinnules from TC6 (SGVIII) to body end, with uncini in single rows starting from TC7 (SGIX) throughout. First neuropodia (TC6) with four sharply bent, acute tipped, geniculate chaetae (Fig. 15B) having minute teeth forming an ill-defined capitium. From TC7, neuropodia with 8���14 uncini per torus in one row, with long-shafted denticulate hooks, rostrum about same length as capitium, with 4���5 big teeth above main fang surmounted by several much smaller denticles (Fig. 15 C���E). Abdomen. About 40% of body length, with 31 pairs of neuropodia as erect pinnules (Fig. 15G); about 25���30 uncini per torus having four teeth above main fang surmounted by 3���4 teeth in irregular middle row and an upper crest of several smaller teeth (Fig. 15H). Other body features. One well-developed nephridial papilla behind each TC1 notopodium (Fig. 14E), and two pairs of nephridial openings in TC4 and TC5 (Fig. 14F). Pygidium blunt, funnel-like depression. Methyl green staining pattern. Anterior CH 1 to CH 9 solid; CH 10 to CH 18 striped; being CH 10 to CH 11 much more marked than following; J-shaped glandular region marked lateral to CH 3; near pattern 5 of Sch��ller & Hutchings (2010) (Fig. 37). Variability. Body between 31 and 33 mm in length. Type locality. Off Congo (Table 1). Distribution and bathymetry. Off Congo; sandy mud; 47���167 m depth (Fig. 11A; Table 1). Etymology. The name of the species refers to the type location, the Republic of Congo. Remarks. Terebellides anguicomus M��ller, 1858 sensu Sol��s-Weiss et al. (1991) resembles T. congolana sp. nov. in having large sized-branchiae reaching TC6 but differs in having a large transverse dorsal hump on TC5 and 17 thoracic chaetigers (18 in T. congolana sp. nov. and most species of the genus, see key below). Terebellides congolana sp. nov. also differs from other African species in having posterior ventral branchial lobes that are much smaller and located distally, but the following ones also have this character: T. rigel Sch��ller & Hutchings, 2013; T. mediterranea Parapar, Mikac & Fiege, 2013; T. akares Hutchings, Nogueira & Carrerette, 2015, T. persiae and T. hutchingsae. However, T. rigel is a deep-water species (> 2000 m) from the Weddell Sea and does not bear long TC1 notopodia and notochaetae; T. akares was described from coral reefs (Lizard Island, NE Australia) and has a distinctly short abdomen; T. persiae is a shallow-water species from the Iranian coast, that has a much more developed anterior branchial lobe and a distinct dorsal hump at TC6; T. hutchingsae is also a shallow subtidal species from the Gulf of Thailand, that bears geniculate chaetae in two chaetigers, TC5 and TC6, instead of only one in TC6. The closest species to T. congolana sp. nov. is T. mediterranea, a shallow-water species (31 m depth) from the Adriatic Sea; it also bears branchiae with a similar shape and very small ventral posterior lobes arising near the distal end of the branchiae, and TC1 notopodia and notochaetae longer than following, but it differs from the new species in having a shorter body (21 mm in length vs. 31 mm in T. congolana sp. nov.) and a much larger tentacular membrane. Terebellides europaea Lavesque, Hutchings, Daffe, Nygren & Londo��o-Mesa, 2019, from the French coast of the Bay of Biscay, also shares with T. congolana sp. nov. the long notopodia and notochaetae of TC1, but it differs from the new species in having papillar projections over the edge on anterior branchial lamellae, much bigger ventral branchial lobes and attached to the branchial stem, and in lacking ciliated papillae in branchial lamellae., Published as part of Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel & Moreira, Juan, 2020, On the diversity of Terebellides (Annelida, Trichobranchidae) in West Africa, seven new species and the redescription of T. africana Augener, 1918 stat. prom., pp. 1-61 in Zootaxa 4771 (1) on pages 18-23, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4771.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/3798452, {"references":["Schuller, M. & Hutchings, P. A. (2010) New insights in the taxonomy of Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta) with the description of a new Terebellides from Australia. Zootaxa, 2395 (1), 1 - 16. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 2395.1.1","Muller, F. (1858) Einiges uber die Annelidenfauna der Inseln Santa Catharina an der brasilianischen Kuste. Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, Berlin, 24, 211 - 220.","Solis-Weiss, V., Fauchald, K. & Blankestein, A. (1991) Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta) from shallow warm water areas in the Western Atlantic Ocean. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 104 (1), 147 - 158.","Schuller, M. & Hutchings, P. A. (2013) New species of Terebellides (Polychaeta: Trichobranchidae) from deep Southern Ocean. Zootaxa, 3619 (1), 1 - 45. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3619.1.1","Parapar, J., Mikac, B. & Fiege, D. (2013) Diversity of the genus Terebellides (Polychaeta: Trichobranchidae) in the Adriatic Sea with the description of a new species. Zootaxa, 3691 (3), 333 - 350. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3691.3.3","Hutchings, P. A., Matos Nogueira, J. M. de & Carrerette, O. (2015) Telothelepodidae, Thelepodidae and Trichobranchidae (Annelida, Terebelliformia) from Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Zootaxa, 4019 (1), 240 - 274. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4019.1.12","Lavesque, N., Hutchings, P., Daffe, G., Nygren, A. & Londono-Mesa, M. H. (2019) A revision of the French Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta), with descriptions of nine new species. Zootaxa, 4664 (2), 151 - 190. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4664.2.1"]}
- Published
- 2020
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
18. Terebellides fauveli Parapar & Martin & Moreira 2020, sp. nov
- Author
-
Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel, and Moreira, Juan
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Trichobranchidae ,Biodiversity ,Terebellides ,Terebellides fauveli ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Terebellides fauveli sp. nov. Figures 11B, 12B, 16���20, 37; Tables 1, 2 urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: F388A555-F6F0-48A8-93C5-C244DADDA76B Material examined. Type material. Thirty-six specimens: holotype (NHMD-636920); thirty-five paratypes (NHMD-231435, NHMD-231442���231445, NHMD-231447, NHMD-231450���231452, NHMD-231461, NHMD- 231463, NHMD-636921 to NHMD-636922). Non-type material. Seven specimens (MNCN 16.01 /18585 to 16.01/18590, Table 1). Diagnosis. Body of medium/large size (15���35 mm in length). Branchiae comma-shaped, with anterior lobe and posterior ventral lobes thinner than dorsal ones, directly emerging from branchial stem and with well-developed thin terminal filament. TC1 notopodia and notochaetae longer than following thoracic ones. Thoracic neurochaetae with rostrum / capitium length about 4/1, and capitium with a first row of 2���3 very large teeth followed by three rows of also large, but smaller teeth. Description based on holotype Measurements and general body features. Complete specimen, 30.0 mm long and 3.0 mm wide (Fig. 12B). Body tapering posteriorly with segments increasingly shorter and crowded towards pygidium. Prostomium compact; large tentacular membrane surrounding mouth, with some typical buccal tentacles with expanded tips. SGI as expanded structure, below tentacular membrane (Fig. 16 B���C). Low lateral lappets on SGIII���VII (TC1���5) much larger in SGIII���V (TC1���3) and latero-dorsally white in TC3���4 (Fig. 16 A���B). Branchiae. Branchiae comma-shaped, arising as single structure from SGIII, consisting of a single short stalked mid-dorsal branch with one pair of long dorsal (upper) unfused lobes, reaching TC6���7 (Fig. 12B, 16 B���C), and one pair of ventral (lower) smaller and thinner lobes (about half length of dorsal), not fused together and emerging after a short fusion line of dorsal lobes (Fig. 19 A���B). Anterior projection of dorsal lobes (lobe 5) about 1/7 length of posterior dorsal lobes (Fig. 16A, C). Pointed projection of posterior region only in lower lobes, as a thin but welldeveloped terminal filament (Fig. 16D, 17 B���C, 19A���B). Both sides of branchial lamellae with rows of cilia (Fig. 17 B���C, 19C); ciliated tufts or papillae not seen. Thorax. Eighteen pairs of notopodia (SGIII���XX), much more developed and with longer notochaetae in TC1 than in following ones (Fig. 16 C���D, 17A���B, 19D). All notochaetae as simple capillaries. Neuropodia as sessile pin- nules, from TC6 (SGVIII) to pygidium, with around 15 uncini in single rows starting from TC7 (SGIX) throughout. First neuropodia (TC6) with four sharply bent, acute tipped, geniculate chaetae (Fig. 18A) having small minute teeth forming an ill-defined capitium (Fig. 19 E���F). From TC7, neuropodia with 8���14 uncini per torus in one row, with long shafted denticulate hooks, a very long rostrum about four times longer than capitium, with 2(3) very big teeth above main fang, surmounted by two rows of 3���4 also big, but smaller teeth and an upper crest of several smaller denticles (Fig. 18 B���C). Abdomen. About 40% of body length, with 29 pairs of neuropodia as erect pinnules, with around 30 uncini per torus having three teeth above main fang surmounted by an upper crest of several minute teeth (Fig. 18D). Other body features. One nephridial papilla behind each TC1 notopodium and nephridial openings in TC4 and TC5 notopodia. Pygidium blunt, funnel-like depression. Methyl green staining pattern. Anterior CH 1 to CH 9 solid; CH 10 to CH 18 striped; being CH 10 to CH 11 much more marked than following; J-shaped glandular region marked lateral to CH 3; near pattern 5 of Sch��ller & Hutchings (2010) (Fig. 37). Variability. Body between 15 and 35 mm in length. Type locality. Ivory Coast; 80���90 m depth (Table 1). Distribution and bathymetry. Widely distributed along the West African coasts, from Liberia to South Angola; 42���200 m depth (Fig. 11B; Table 1). Etymology. The species is named after the French zoologist Pierre Fauvel (1866���1958) for his many contributions to the study of the Polychaeta across world oceans, especially in Europe and Africa. Remarks. Three Terebellides species have been previously described with TC1 provided with large notopodia and long notochaetae: T. kobei Hessle, 1917 (Japan), T. californica Williams, 1984 (California), T. mediterranea, and two in this work: T. congolana sp. nov. and T. fauveli sp. nov. Terebellides fauveli sp. nov. has shorter TC1 notopodia and notochaetae than T. kobei, lacks a conspicuous triangular dorsal projection in TC3 notopodia (present in T. kobei), has a white lateral colouration in anterior chaetigers (absent in T. kobei) and has a different capitium denticulation, being all teeth small and of similar size in T. kobei, as illustrated by Hessle (1917: textfig. 32, p. 140). Terebellides californica was described from shelf and slope depths in the Pacific Ocean (Oregon to Western Mexico) and is characterized by the author only by the ��� very well developed first chaetiger with greatly prolonged fine notosetae ��� (Williams, 1984: p. 128), which is clearly longer than the one in T. fauveli sp. nov. and lacks any special development in TC3 and body colour pattern. This species was later redescribed by Hilbig (2000) as having a ��� trilobed structure of the peristomium ��� as potential new diagnostic character, which is not present in T. fauveli sp. nov. However, in our opinion, the relevance of this character should be considered with caution as its presence in T. californica has not been sufficiently assessed. Terebellides mediterranea most closely resembles T. fauveli sp. nov. in branchial shape. However, T. fauveli sp. nov. bears larger branchiae that reach TC6 (instead of TC3���4) and has posterior branchial lobes with terminal filament. Moreover, both species differ in number and size of the denticulation of thoracic uncini, with 3���4 mediumsized teeth above main fang and surmounted by a row of 6���7 slightly shorter tooth in T. mediterranea (see Parapar et al., 2013: Fig. 7B). Terebellides anguicomus and T. lanai Sol��s-Weiss et al., 1991 resemble T. fauveli sp. nov. in the shape (commalike) and size of the branchiae, also reaching TC6. However, T. lanai bears branchial lobes fused for most of their length, and T. anguicomus has a large transverse dorsal hump on TC5, 17 thoracic chaetigers (instead of 18) and a shorter TC1. While some of the French species recently described by Lavesque et al. (2019), such as T. lilasae Lavesque, Hutchings, Daffe, Nygren & Londo��o-Mesa, 2019, have similar general branchial shape as in T. fauveli sp. nov., the capitium denticulation of the thoracic uncini is very different; in fact, the shape of the thoracic uncini in T. fauveli sp. nov. has not been recorded so far in any other species of the genus. Among the West African species, T. fauveli sp. nov. apparently presents the widest bathymetric and geographic distribution. Non-type specimens collected off Congo (N���Kossa gas field, Table 1) show subtle differences in the shape and size of the terminal filament of lower branchial lobes, size of TC1 and thoracic uncini teeth (cfr. Fig. 17���18 vs. 19���20). Therefore, we cannot discard they may represent a different, close taxon. More extensive sam- pling across West Africa and further morphological and molecular analyses may help to test the present wide distribution of T. fauveli sp. nov. and the possible existence of several cryptic species., Published as part of Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel & Moreira, Juan, 2020, On the diversity of Terebellides (Annelida, Trichobranchidae) in West Africa, seven new species and the redescription of T. africana Augener, 1918 stat. prom., pp. 1-61 in Zootaxa 4771 (1) on pages 23-28, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4771.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/3798452, {"references":["Schuller, M. & Hutchings, P. A. (2010) New insights in the taxonomy of Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta) with the description of a new Terebellides from Australia. Zootaxa, 2395 (1), 1 - 16. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 2395.1.1","Hessle, C. (1917) Zur Kenntnis der terebellomorphen Polychaeten. Zoologiska Bidrag fran Uppsala, 5, 39 - 258.","Williams, S. J. (1984) The status of Terebellides stroemi (Polychaeta; Trichobranchidae) as a cosmopolitan species, based on a worldwide morphological survey, including description of new species. In: Hutchings, P. A. (Ed.), Proceedings of the First International Polychaete Conference, Sydney, Australia, 1984. The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney, pp. 118 - 142.","Hilbig, B. (2000) Family Trichobranchidae Malmgren, 1866. In: Blake, B., Hilbig, B. & Scott, P. A. (Eds.), Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and the Western Santa Barbara Channel. Vol. 7. The Annelida Part 4. Polychaeta: Flabelligeridae to Sternaspidae. U. S. Dept. of the Interior, Minerals Management Service, Pacific OCS Region, Camarillo, California, pp. 295 - 309.","Parapar, J., Mikac, B. & Fiege, D. (2013) Diversity of the genus Terebellides (Polychaeta: Trichobranchidae) in the Adriatic Sea with the description of a new species. Zootaxa, 3691 (3), 333 - 350. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3691.3.3","Solis-Weiss, V., Fauchald, K. & Blankestein, A. (1991) Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta) from shallow warm water areas in the Western Atlantic Ocean. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 104 (1), 147 - 158.","Lavesque, N., Hutchings, P., Daffe, G., Nygren, A. & Londono-Mesa, M. H. (2019) A revision of the French Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta), with descriptions of nine new species. Zootaxa, 4664 (2), 151 - 190. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4664.2.1"]}
- Published
- 2020
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
19. Terebellides kirkegaardi Parapar & Martin & Moreira 2020, sp. nov
- Author
-
Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel, and Moreira, Juan
- Subjects
Terebellides kirkegaardi ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Trichobranchidae ,Biodiversity ,Terebellides ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Terebellides kirkegaardi sp. nov. Figures 11B, 21A, 22–24, 37; Tables 1, 2 urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: 82974B42- 2924-48 A8-BD1A-254FED0F881B Material examined. Type material. Holotype (NHMD-231439); paratypes: 37 specimens (NHMD-636923 to NHMD-636925), all from the same original vial as the holotype (Table 1). Diagnosis. Body of medium/large size (15–30 mm in length). Branchiae with a long and thick stalk; anterior lobe large; posterior ventral lobes about as long as dorsal ones, with short terminal filaments, emerging directly from branchial stem. TC1 notopodia and notochaetae shorter than following thoracic ones. Thoracic neurochaetae with rostrum / capitium length about 2/1, and capitium with a first row of 2–5 medium-sized teeth followed by progressively smaller ones. Description based on holotype Measurements and general body features. Complete specimen, 28.0 mm long and 2.5 mm wide (Fig. 21A, 22 A−B); body tapering posteriorly with segments increasingly shorter and crowded towards pygidium. Prostomium compact; large tentacular membrane surrounding mouth, with typical buccal tentacles with expanded tips (Fig. 22 A−Β). SG1 as an expanded structure below tentacular membrane (Fig. 22A, 24A). Lateral lappets and ovalshaped glandular region in TC3 not present. Branchiae. Branchiae arising as single structure from SG3, consisting of a single very long (about same length as dorsal posterior lobes) stalked mid-dorsal branch (Fig. 21A, 22 A−D, 24A), with one pair of dorsal (upper) un- fused lobes reaching TC4 or TC6 (if branchial stalk bent backwards); a pair of ventral (lower) lobes about as long as dorsal ones but thinner, not fused together and arising directly from stalk (Fig. 21A, 22 A−D, 23A, 24A). Ante- rior projection of dorsal lobes (lobe 5) very well developed, about half length of posterior dorsal lobes (Fig. 21A, 22 A−D, 23A, 24A). Pointed projection of posterior region of both upper and lower lobes much longer in ventral ones, becoming a terminal filament (Fig. 23A). Both sides of branchial lamellae ciliated, arrangement in rows and/ or tufts or papillae not seen. Thorax. Eighteen pairs of notopodia (SG3−20); that of TC1 shorter than subsequent ones (Fig. 24 A−B), with notochaetae as simple capillaries, shorter in number and length than following ones. Neuropodia as sessile pinnules, from TC6 (SG8) to pygidium, with uncini in single rows starting from TC7 (SG9) throughout. First neuropodia (TC6) with 4–5 sharply bent, acute-tipped, geniculate chaetae (Fig. 23B, 24 C−D) having minute teeth forming a very low marked capitium (Fig. 24D). From TC7, neuropodia with 11–17 uncini per torus in one row (Fig. 24E) with long shafted denticulate hooks, rostrum about two times longer than capitium, with 2−5 big teeth above main fang, and surmounted by a crest of smaller denticles (Fig. 24 F−G). Abdomen. About 40% of body length, with 31 pairs of neuropodia as erect pinnules with about 20–25 uncini per torus having four teeth above main fang surmounted by a crest of several teeth of same and/or smaller length (Fig. 23D). Other features. Papilla on first thoracic notopodia not seen; button-hole-like pairs of dorsal nephridial openings on, at least, each SG7 (TC5) notopodium (Fig. 23 B−C); second pair not seen. Pygidium blunt, as funnel-like depression. Methyl green staining pattern. Anterior CH 1 to CH 3 solid; CH 4 to CH 9 striped; fading from CH 10 to CH 12; J-shaped glandular region marked lateral to CH 3; pattern 5 of Schüller & Hutchings (2010) (Fig. 37). Variations. Terebellides kirkegaardi sp. nov. is a medium-sized species (15−30 mm long). Eggs were visible in body cavity of females across all length range. Most specimens are in good conditions, with bodies and branchiae complete. Type locality. Cameroon; 8–9 m depth (Table 1). Distribution and bathymetry. Victoria (aka Limbé, Cameroon); 8−9 m depth (Fig. 11B; Table 1). Etymology. This species is named in honour of Danish researcher Jørgen Bagger Kirkegaard (1920−2006), who participated in the Galathea and Atlantide Deep Sea Expeditions. His 1958 publication on West African sedentary polychaetes included most of the specimens studied in the present work. Remarks. Terebellides kirkegaardi sp. nov. is mostly characterised by its long branchial stalk and well-developed anterior triangular lobe, coupled with a TC1 notopodia shorter than following, and very low marked capitium teeth in TC6 thoracic uncini (only detected with SEM). The branchial appearance is similar across most specimens studied (cfr. Fig. 21A, 22 A–D, 24A)—but see Fig. 22 E–F, 23A—giving rise to a characteristic body profile that differs from any other known species of the genus. Terebellides kirkegaardi sp. nov. most closely resembles Terebellides canopus Schüller & Hutchings, 2013, Terebellides mira Schüller & Hutchings, 2013 (both from deep waters off South Western Atlantic Ocean), and Terebellides sepultura Garraffoni & Lana, 2003 (from Brazilian coasts). However, they lack the anterior projection of branchial lobes and posterior lobes are free from each other. Terebellides mira also bears a branchial stem that is much longer than the proper branchial lobes. Two specimens from Myanmar, identified as Terebellides cf. woolawa Hutchings & Peart, 2000 by Parapar et al. (2016a), also show long branchial stems, but differ from T. kirkegaardi sp. nov. in having an even more developed, non-triangular anterior lobe, as well as smaller postero-ventral lobes. Furthermore, T. woolawa as described by Hutchings & Peart (2000) bears a similar anterior lobe, but the branchial stem is much shorter.
- Published
- 2020
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
20. Terebellides longiseta Parapar & Martin & Moreira 2020, sp. nov
- Author
-
Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel, and Moreira, Juan
- Subjects
Terebellides longiseta ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Trichobranchidae ,Biodiversity ,Terebellides ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Terebellides longiseta sp. nov. Figures 11C, 21B, 25���27, 37; Tables 1, 2 urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: 33AEE210-CA77-488F-A43B-2FDC23375CBE Material examined. Type material. Holotype (NHMD-231459); paratypes: five specimens (NHMD-231437, NHMD-231448 and NHMD-636926). Non-type material. One specimen (MNCN 16.01 /18591, Table 1). Diagnosis. Body medium/big sized (up to 21 mm in length). Anterior branchial lobe large; posterior ventral lobes thinner than dorsal ones, with long terminal filament, directly emerging from branchial stem. TC1 about as long as following ones; all thoracic notochaetae very long and numerous, with rostrum vs capitium length of about 1/1, and capitium with a first row of 3 big teeth followed by much smaller ones. Description based on holotype Measurements and general body features. Incomplete specimen, broken at TC10; 8.0 mm long and 3.5 mm wide (Fig. 21B, 25A). Prostomium compact; large tentacular membrane surrounding mouth; buccal tentacles lost. SGI as an expanded structure below tentacular membrane. Lateral lappets on SG3���6 (TC1���4), especially large in SG3 (TC1) forming a fan-shaped antero-dorsal expansion (Fig. 25 B���C, arrow). Branchiae. Branchiae arising as single structure from SG3, with a single stalked mid-dorsal branch having one pair of dorsal (upper) lobes (1+2), not fused along their length, and one pair of ventral (lower) lobes (3+4) of similar length but much thinner, neither fused together nor to dorsal ones (Fig. 21B, 25B, D). Anterior lobe (lobe 5) well developed, triangular, about half to 1/3 length of posterior dorsal lobes (Fig. 25C). Pointed projection of both upper and lower posterior lobes much longer in ventral ones, becoming a long terminal filament (Fig. 25B, D, 26 B���C). Both sides of branchial lamellae with several parallel rows of cilia and low ciliated tufts, giving a zig-zag appearance to outer edge of dorsal posterior lobe branchial lamellae under stereomicroscope (Fig. 25B, D). Thorax. Incomplete, with ten pairs of notopodia from SG3 to SG12 (TC1 to TC10). TC1 notopodia well developed, as long as subsequent ones (Fig. 25 B���C, 26A). All notochaetae simple capillaries with textured surface, very long (near body width at same level) and numerous (12���15 per notopodium). Neuropodia as sessile pinnules from TC6 (SG8), with uncini in single rows starting from TC7 (SG9) throughout. First neuropodia (TC6/TU1) with 8���9 sharply bent, acute-tipped, geniculate chaetae, having minute teeth forming a capitium visible under SEM. From TC7, neuropodia with about 20���25 partially extruded uncini per torus in one row, with long shafted denticulate hooks, rostrum about same length as capitium, with three big teeth above main fang surmounted by an upper crest of several much smaller denticles (Fig. 27 A���B). Abdomen. Not present in holotype (see below). Other features. Nephridial papilla and nephridial openings not seen (see below). Methyl green staining pattern. Not determined; only one complete specimen available but ventrally contract- ed. Variability. Only one complete specimen (NHMD-231448), 21 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, with 30 abdominal chaetigers. Specimen NHMD-636926 similar to holotype, with a conspicuous fan-shaped antero-dorsal expansion, branchiae with only ventral posterior lobes, very thin and with about 25 lamellae each, and nephridial openings in TN4���5. One specimen from NHMD-231448 with a scar caused by a copepod attachment near to TC1 notopodium; another complete specimen from same vial (with about 30 abdominal segments) with neuropodia as erect pinnules and about 25���30 uncini per torus having uncini with four teeth above main fang surmounted by one/two smaller ones and an upper crest of smaller teeth (Fig. 27 C���D). Pygidium blunt, as funnel-like depression. Specimens from NHMD-231437 badly preserved, but characteristically long, with abundant notochaetae on last half of thorax and branchiae with terminal filament in posterior ventral lobes and lamellae border conspicuously sinuous, similar to holotype. Type locality. Equatorial Guinea; 260���650 m depth (Table 1). Distribution and bathymetry. From Equatorial Guinea to South Angola in SW Africa; 235���650 m depth (Fig. 11C; Table 1). Etymology. The epithet refers to the very long and numerous chaetae present in thoracic notopodia. Remarks. The conspicuous, long thoracic notochaetae are the most distinctive character of T. longiseta sp. nov. Other species with long notochaetae are Terebellides klemani Kinberg, 1867 (Brazil) and Terebellides irinae Gagaev, 2009 (Arctic Basin), but they are thinner and fewer, 2���4 in T. klemani, and 5���10 in T. irinae. In addition, T. klemani bears TC1 notochaetae shorter than those of following chaetigers; the branchiae of T. irinae lack anterior branchial lobes and posterior lobes originate from a thin and long stalk and are free along their entire length, the ventral being much shorter than the dorsal (see Gagaev, 2009: Fig. a���b). Terebellides gentili Lavesque, Hutchings, Daffe, Nygren & Londo��o-Mesa, 2019 also bears conspicuously long notochaetae (not explicitly mentioned in the description but see Lavesque et al., 2019: Fig. 10A). Nevertheless, this species clearly differs from T. longiseta sp. nov. in having fewer and thinner notochaetae and conspicuous papillar projections on the outer edge of the branchial lamellae, that are absent in T. longiseta sp. nov. Terebellides yangi resembles T. longiseta sp. nov. in having greatly developed anterior branchial lobes but differs in length and number of thoracic notochaetae (far more numerous and longer in the African species). On the other hand, several African non-type specimens identified as T. jorgeni may correspond to T. longiseta sp. nov. (see note below). One specimen from St. 133 showed a scar due to a parasitic copepod, similar to those reported for specimens of T. shetlandica by Parapar et al. (2016c). This was the only parasitized specimen observed across all material examined in this work., Published as part of Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel & Moreira, Juan, 2020, On the diversity of Terebellides (Annelida, Trichobranchidae) in West Africa, seven new species and the redescription of T. africana Augener, 1918 stat. prom., pp. 1-61 in Zootaxa 4771 (1) on pages 33-38, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4771.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/3798452, {"references":["Kinberg, J. G. H. (1867) Annulata nova. Ofversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, 23, 337 - 357.","Gagaev, S. Y. (2009) Terebellides irinae sp. n., a new species of Terebellides (Polychaeta: Terebellidae) from the Arctic basin. Russian Journal of Marine Biology, 35, 474 - 478. https: // doi. org / 10.1134 / s 1063074009060042","Lavesque, N., Hutchings, P., Daffe, G., Nygren, A. & Londono-Mesa, M. H. (2019) A revision of the French Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta), with descriptions of nine new species. Zootaxa, 4664 (2), 151 - 190. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4664.2.1","Parapar, J., Moreira, J. & O'Reilly, M. (2016 c) A new species of Terebellides (Polychaeta: Trichobranchidae) from Scottish waters with an insight into branchial morphology. Marine Biodiversity, 46, 211 - 225. https: // doi. org / 10.1007 / s 12526 - 015 - 0353 - 5"]}
- Published
- 2020
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
21. Terebellides africana Augener 1918
- Author
-
Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel, and Moreira, Juan
- Subjects
Terebellides africana ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Trichobranchidae ,Biodiversity ,Terebellides ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Terebellides africana Augener, 1918 stat. prom. Figures 2A, 3���7, 11A, 37; Tables 1, 2 Terebellides Stroemi var. africana Augener, 1918. Augener (1918): 555 ���560, Plate 7, fig. 245, text fig. 96. Material examined. Type material. Two syntypes (ZMH V1709, ZMH V1712) (Table 1); lectotype: V1709 (female with intra-coelomic oocytes); paralectotype: V1712 (see Discussion). Non-type material. Seven specimens (NHMD-231436, NHMD-231441, NHMD-231453, NHMD-231455, NHMD-231458); Atlantide and Galathea expeditions (Kirkegaard, 1959) (Table 1). Diagnosis. Body large (20���30 mm in length). Branchial anterior lobe present; posterior ventral lobes much smaller than dorsal ones, without terminal filament and emerging after fusion line of dorsal ones. TC1 notopodia and notochaetae as long as following. Thoracic neurochaetae with rostrum / capitium length about 3/1, and capitium with a first row of 3(4) medium-sized teeth, followed by progressively smaller teeth. Description of lectotype Measurements and general body features. Complete specimen, 32 mm long and 3.0 mm wide (Fig. 2A, 3 A���C), body tapering posteriorly, with segments increasingly shorter and crowded towards pygidium. Prostomium compact, large tentacular membrane with typical buccal tentacles with expanded tips. SGI forming an expanded lower lip below tentacular membrane (Fig. 3 E���F). Lateral lappets not conspicuous on SGIII���VII (TC1���5), larger in SGIII���V, with low dorsal projections in TC1���3 (Fig. 5A); TC2 dorsally elevated in relation to TC1 and TC3 (Fig. 2A, 5A). Oval-shaped glandular region in CH 3 not observed. Branchiae. Branchiae arising as single structure from SGIII, with a single, short, stalked, mid-dorsal branch, typically comma-shaped and reaching TC3 (Fig. 2A, 3 A���C). A short anterior lobe (see below) and two pairs of pos- terior lobes: one pair dorsal (upper), with lobes 1+2 fused along most of their length, one pair ventral (lower), with lobes 3+4 much shorter than dorsal ones, not fused together, near distal end and after a long fusion line of dorsal ones. Anterior projection of dorsal lobes (lobe 5) short, about �� of dorsal lobes��� length (Fig. 2A, 3 C���D, 4B). Pointed projection of posterior region of both upper and lower lobes short, a bit longer in lower ones but never forming a long terminal filament. Branchial lamellae with well-developed ciliary rows and ciliated papillae on lamellar outer edge (Fig. 5B). Thorax. Eighteen pairs of notopodia (SGIII���XX), that of TC1 about as long as following ones (Fig. 3E, 5A), with dorsal projection; notochaetae as simple capillaries as long as following ones. TC2 and TC3 with dorsal projection similar to TC1 (Fig. 5A, C). Notopodia of TC2 shifted dorsally in some specimens (Fig. 5A). Neuropodia as sessile pinnules from TC6 (SGVIII) to pygidium, with uncini in single rows starting from TC7 (SGIX) throughout. First neuropodia at TC6, with five sharply bent, acute tipped, geniculate chaetae in left torus (Fig. 6 A���B); right side torus lost, presumably removed by H. Augener (Fig. 3C). From TC7, neuropodia with up to 18���22 uncini per torus in one row, with long shafted denticulate hooks, rostrum about three times longer than capitium, with three large teeth above main fang, and surmounted by an upper crest of several smaller denticles (Fig. 7 A���C), dorsalmost hooks in anteriormost uncinigers showing a very short rostrum and a less angled capitium in relation to chaetal main axis, resembling aciculae (Fig. 6 C���D). Abdomen. Abdomen as long as thorax. Thirty-two to thirty-four pairs of neuropodia as erect pinnules with about 25���30 uncini per torus; uncini with about five teeth above main fang, surmounted by a upper crest of 2 teeth and a variable number of smaller denticles (?) (see Fig. 2E in Augener, 1918). Other body features. Single, well-developed nephridial papilla behind TC1 notopodia and nephridial openings dorsal to TC4���5 notopodium (Fig. 5A, C). Pygidium as blunt, funnel-like depression. Methyl green staining pattern. Striped through the entire thorax; pattern 7 of Sch��ller & Hutchings (2010) (Fig. 37). Variability. Type specimens differing in size (paralectotype: 22.0 mm long, 2.0 mm wide), but showing no significant differences in relevant morphological characters. Branchiae clearly smaller in lectotype than in non-type specimens identified by Kirkegaard (1959), likely due to a longer preservation in alcohol. Type locality. Equatorial Guinea; 0���30 m depth (Table 1). The location corresponds to the lectotype (V-1709), while Augener (1918) simply refers to ���West Africa��� for the paralectotype (V-1712). Distribution and bathymetry. The revision of material from the Atlantide expedition, originally identified as T. stroemii by Kirkegaard (1959), expands the distribution of T. africana stat. prom. to the Gold Coast and Nigeria, from 17 to 66 m depth (Fig. 11A). The specimen NHMD-231441, collected during the Galathea expedition (75 m depth, off Angola), mostly agrees with the diagnosis of T. africana stat. prom., but its very poor condition prevented fully confirming its identity. The specimen NHMD-231455 (Fig. 4C) shows two filiform structures protruding dorsally from TC3 that might correspond to a parasitic copepod. Nomenclatural note. Following Alonso-Zarazaga (2007), the term stat. prom. (Lat. status promotus; Eng. promoted status) is used here to qualify T. africana instead of the classical stat. nov. (Lat. status novus; Eng. new status) for referring to the rising of a subspecies (meaning of ���variety��� following the International Code for Zoological Nomenclature-ICZN, article 45.6.4.) to the species rank. This author also proposed stat. dem. (Lat. status demotes; Eng. demoted status) instead of stat. nov. (i.e., upgrading an infrasubspecific entity to specific or subspecific status, ICZN, article 16A). Remarks. Even though type specimens were not examined under SEM to avoid damage, this species is clearly distinguished from the other described here due to its large body size, a TC1 similar in size to following thoracic notopodia, and branchiae with very short ventral lobes emerging close to the distal end of the dorsal ones. Terebellides africana stat. prom. resembles T. stroemii as redescribed by Parapar & Hutchings (2015) in size and general body shape, typical comma-shaped branchiae, and appearance and size of TC1, and mostly differs in branchial features: 1) ventral and anterior lobes clearly smaller, the former showing a different position, and 2) lobes bearing ciliated papillae (Fig. 5 A���B) (absent in T. stroemii, Parapar & Hutchings, 2015: Fig. 6 E���F). Terebellides africana stat. prom. resembles T. stroemii sensu Caullery (1944) from Indonesia (St. 271 of Siboga Expedition) in branchiae size and shape, which reach TC3 (Caullery, 1944: Fig. 147A). However, their ventral posterior lobes are much different, and resemble those of a specimen from St. 311 (Caullery, 1944: Fig. 148A) that has also larger anterior branchial lobes. Therefore, we suspect that each of them might correspond to undescribed species. Rullier (1964a) reported T. stroemii from Cameroon, near the type locality of T. africana stat. prom. (Equatorial Guinea), which were not assigned to the variety africana due to the shape of TC6 geniculate chaetae (not illustrated in his paper). Even though we were not able to examine this material, deposited in the Mus��um national d���Histoire naturelle (Paris), it seems it does not correspond to any of the species described here. Two species described here, T. kirkegaardi sp. nov. and T. longiseta sp. nov., are geographically close to T. africana stat. prom., but they clearly differ in the shape of TC6 geniculate chaetae. Terebellides persiae Parapar, Moreira, Gil & Martin, 2016 overall resembles T. africana stat. prom., but differs in having much larger branchiae (particularly the anterior lobe) and a characteristic thoracic dorsal hump (cfr. Fig. 2B & 3A in Parapar et al., 2016b) absent in T. africana stat. prom. Terebellides parvus Sol��s-Weiss et al., 1991 (Sol��s-Weiss et al., 1991: Fig. 2a) has also similar branchiae, but differs by having fewer abdominal chaetigers (25 vs. 32���34 in T. africana stat. prom.). The relative size and position of the postero-ventral branchial lobes in relation to the dorsal ones in T. africana stat. prom. resembles those of T. mediterranea Parapar, Mikac & Fiege, 2013, T. guangdongensis Zhang & Hutchings, 2018 and T. yangi Zhang & Hutchings, 2018. However, T. mediterranea has much larger ventral lobes, a more developed branchial stem, and a larger TC1 with longer notochaetae; T. guangdongensis shows smaller anterior branchial lobes and a very small TC1, and T. yangi clearly differs in having much-developed anterior lobes, similar to those of T. longiseta sp. nov. (see below). Terebellides africana stat. prom. resembles T. augeneri sp. nov., but differs in body size (22���32 mm vs. 7���19 mm in T. augeneri sp. nov.) and in the position of the branchial ventral lobes (arising from the base of the dorsal ones in T. augeneri sp. nov.). Two more species here described occur in shallow waters: T. congolana sp. nov. and T. kirkegaardi sp. nov. The former resembles T. africana stat. prom. in body size and shape and in the position of branchial ventral lobes but differs in having much longer branchial dorsal lobes that reach TC6 and a TC1 notopodium proportionally larger compared to thorax size. On the other hand, T. kirkegaardi sp. nov. differs from T. africana stat. prom. in having a distinctly smaller body and branchiae with a very long branchial stem, an anterior lobe about half the length of posterior ones, and ventral lobes originating from the base of dorsal ones., Published as part of Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel & Moreira, Juan, 2020, On the diversity of Terebellides (Annelida, Trichobranchidae) in West Africa, seven new species and the redescription of T. africana Augener, 1918 stat. prom., pp. 1-61 in Zootaxa 4771 (1) on pages 7-13, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4771.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/3798452, {"references":["Augener, H. (1918) Polychaeta. In: Michaelsen, W. (Ed.), Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Meeresfauna Westafrikas 2. L. Friederichsen, Hamburg, pp. 67 - 625.","Kirkegaard, J. B. (1959) The polychaete fauna of West Africa. Part I. Sedentary species. Atlantide Report. Scientific Results of the Danish expedition to the coasts of tropical West Africa, 1945 - 1946, 5, 7 - 117.","Schuller, M. & Hutchings, P. A. (2010) New insights in the taxonomy of Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta) with the description of a new Terebellides from Australia. Zootaxa, 2395 (1), 1 - 16. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 2395.1.1","Alonso-Zarazaga, M. A. (2007) Acalyptini C. G. Thomson 1859, correct name for a tribe in Curculioninae (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) and a comment on nomenclatural terminology. The Coleopterists Bulletin, 61 (4), 559. https: // doi. org / 10.1649 / 0010 - 065 X (2007) 61 [559: ACGTCN] 2.0. CO; 2","Parapar, J. & Hutchings, P. (2015) Redescription of Terebellides stroemii (Polychaeta, Trichobranchidae) and designation of a neotype. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of United Kingdom, 95, 323 - 337. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315414000903","Caullery, M. (1944) Polychetes Sedentaires de l'Expedition du Siboga: Ariciidae, Spionidae, Chaetopteridae, Chlorhaemidae, Opheliidae, Oweniidae, Sabellariidae, Sternaspidae, Amphictenidae, Ampharetidae, Terebellidae. Siboga Expeditie, Leiden, 24 (2 bis), 1 - 204.","Rullier, F. (1964 a) Contribution a la faune des Annelides Polychetes du Cameroun. Bulletin de l'Institut francais d'Afrique noire, 26, 1071 - 1102.","Parapar, J., Moreira, J., Gil, J. & Martin, D. (2016 b) A new species of the genus Terebellides (Polychaeta, Trichobranchidae) from the Iranian coast. Zootaxa, 4117 (3), 321 - 340. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4117.3.2","Solis-Weiss, V., Fauchald, K. & Blankestein, A. (1991) Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta) from shallow warm water areas in the Western Atlantic Ocean. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 104 (1), 147 - 158.","Parapar, J., Mikac, B. & Fiege, D. (2013) Diversity of the genus Terebellides (Polychaeta: Trichobranchidae) in the Adriatic Sea with the description of a new species. Zootaxa, 3691 (3), 333 - 350. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3691.3.3","Zhang, J. & Hutchings, P. (2018) Taxonomy and distribution of Terebellides (Polychaeta: Trichobranchidae) in the northern South China Sea, with description of three new species. Zootaxa, 4377 (3), 387 - 411. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4377.3.4"]}
- Published
- 2020
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
22. Terebellides Sars 1835
- Author
-
Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel, and Moreira, Juan
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Trichobranchidae ,Biodiversity ,Terebellides ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Genus Terebellides Sars, 1835 emended by Sch��ller & Hutchings, 2013 Type species. Terebellides stroemii Sars, 1835, redescribed in Parapar & Hutchings (2015), Published as part of Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel & Moreira, Juan, 2020, On the diversity of Terebellides (Annelida, Trichobranchidae) in West Africa, seven new species and the redescription of T. africana Augener, 1918 stat. prom., pp. 1-61 in Zootaxa 4771 (1) on page 7, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4771.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/3798452, {"references":["Sars, M. (1835) Beskrivelser og iagttagelser over nogle maerkelige eller nye i Havet ved den Bergenske Kyst levende Dyr af Polypernes, Acephalernes, Radiaternes, Annelidernes og Molluskernes Classer, med en kort Oversigt over de hidtil af Forfatteren sammesteds fundne Arter og deres Forekommen. Thorstein Hallagers Forlag hos Chr. Dahl, R. S., Bergen, 81 pp. https: // doi. org / 10.5962 / bhl. title. 13017","Schuller, M. & Hutchings, P. A. (2013) New species of Terebellides (Polychaeta: Trichobranchidae) from deep Southern Ocean. Zootaxa, 3619 (1), 1 - 45. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 3619.1.1","Parapar, J. & Hutchings, P. (2015) Redescription of Terebellides stroemii (Polychaeta, Trichobranchidae) and designation of a neotype. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of United Kingdom, 95, 323 - 337. https: // doi. org / 10.1017 / S 0025315414000903"]}
- Published
- 2020
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
23. Terebellides augeneri Parapar & Martin & Moreira 2020, sp. nov
- Author
-
Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel, and Moreira, Juan
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Trichobranchidae ,Biodiversity ,Terebellides ,Terebellides augeneri ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Terebellides augeneri sp. nov. Figures 2B, 8���10, 11A, 37; Tables 1, 2 urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: 147575A6-3605-4327-A3AD-F5F1C80A3D0D Material examined. Type material. Six specimens: holotype (MNCN 16.01 /18579); five paratypes (MNCN 16.01 /18577, 16.01/18580, 16.01/1858 and NHMD-636919, Table 1). Diagnosis. Small/medium-sized species (7���19 mm in length). Branchial anterior lobe absent; posterior ventral lobes thinner than dorsal ones, with terminal projections, directly emerging from branchial stem. TC1 notopodia and notochaetae as long as following. Thoracic neurochaetae with rostrum / capitium length about 1/1, and capitium with a first row of 5���6 medium sized teeth followed by progressively smaller teeth. Description based on holotype Measurements and general body features. Complete specimen, 19 mm long and 1.5 mm wide; female with oocytes in body cavity (Fig. 2B). Body tapering posteriorly with segments increasingly shorter and crowded towards pygidium. Prostomium compact; large tentacular membrane surrounding mouth, with typical buccal tentacles and expanded tips (Fig. 8C, 9A). SGI as an expanded structure below tentacular membrane. Lateral lappets on SGIII��� VII (TC1���5), larger in SGIV���VI (TC2���4) (Fig. 2B, 8 C���D, 9A). Branchiae. Branchiae arising as single structure from SGIII, with a single stalked mid-dorsal branch, one pair of dorsal (upper) not-fused lobes, and a pair of shorter ventral (lower) lobes, neither fused to each other, nor to dorsal ones, with short terminal projections (Fig. 9C). Anterior projection of dorsal lobes (lobe 5) absent (Fig. 2B). Both sides of branchial lamellae having several parallel rows of cilia and low ciliated tufts on lamellar outer edge (Fig. 9 B���C). Thorax. Eighteen pairs of notopodia (SGIII���XX), those of TC1 about as long as following ones. All notochae- tae as simple capillaries. Neuropodia as sessile pinnules from TC6 (SGVIII) to body end, with uncini in single rows, from TC7 (SGIX) throughout. First neuropodia on TC6, with 4���5 sharply bent, acute tipped, geniculate chaetae with minute teeth forming a well-defined capitium (Fig. 10 C���D). From TC7, neuropodia with up to 5���10 uncini per torus in one row, with long shafted denticulate hooks, rostrum about same length as capitium, with 5���6 medium-sized teeth above main fang, and surmounted by two rows of progressively shorter teeth (Fig. 10 A���B). Abdomen. Thirty-one pairs of neuropodia, as erect pinnules with about 20���25 uncini per torus, with four teeth above main fang surmounted by an upper crest of similar sized teeth (Fig. 10 E���F) and several smaller teeth above. Other body features. Nephridial (?) papilla behind TC1; nephridial openings dorsal to any anterior thoracic notopodium not seen. Pygidium blunt, as a funnel-like depression. Methyl green staining pattern. Anterior CH 1 to CH 4 solid; CH 5 to CH 11 striped; near pattern 1 of Sch��ller & Hutchings (2010) (Fig. 37). Variability. Body ranging from 7.0 to 19.0 mm in length. Type locality. Off Angola; 73 m depth (Table 1). Distribution and bathymetry. Off Angola; 72���83 m depth (Fig. 11A; Table 1). Etymology. This species is named after the German scientist and prolific marine zoologist Hermann Augener (1872���1938), as an homage to his numerous contributions to polychaete taxonomy. Remarks. The branchiae of T. augeneri sp. nov. resemble those of T. hutchingsae Parapar, Moreira & Martin, 2016 in bearing ventral lobes much less developed than the dorsal ones and arising from the base of the latter, but differ in having wider and longer lobes and in lacking a longer terminal projection. Both species also differ in the size of the ciliature in branchial lamellae outer edge (much lower in T. augeneri sp. nov.), in the shape of thoracic uncini (with teeth surmounting the rostrum much bigger in T. augeneri sp. nov.) and in bearing geniculate chaetae in CH 5 and CH 6 (only in CH 6 in T. augeneri sp. nov.). Terebellides ceneresi Lavesque, Hutchings, Daffe, Nygren & Londo��o-Mesa, 2019 has in common with T. augeneri sp. nov. the general branchial shape, with very similar branchial lobes and ciliary tufts on both sides of the outer edge of lamellae and no papillar projections pointing over their edge. Nevertheless, both species differ in the thoracic uncini, both in the shape of main fang (straight in T. augeneri sp. nov.; terminally bent in T. ceneresi) and the denticulation of capitium (5���6 teeth in first row in T. augeneri sp. nov.; 3���4 in T. ceneresi). Terebellides shetlandica Parapar, Moreira & O���Reilly, 2016 also bears ventral branchial lobes not fused to dorsal ones and arising directly from the branchial stem. However, it is much smaller than T. augeneri sp. nov. (up to 15 mm; Parapar et al., 2016c), the four posterior lobes are of similar size, and the branchial lamellae do not bear ciliated papillae. In African Atlantic waters T. augeneri sp. nov. most closely resembles T. ramili sp. nov. (see below). However, it inhabits much deeper bottoms and is unique among African species because in the thoracic uncini all teeth surmounting the rostrum are very small and of the same size; in all other species, the first-row teeth are always larger than those of posterior rows., Published as part of Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel & Moreira, Juan, 2020, On the diversity of Terebellides (Annelida, Trichobranchidae) in West Africa, seven new species and the redescription of T. africana Augener, 1918 stat. prom., pp. 1-61 in Zootaxa 4771 (1) on pages 13-18, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4771.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/3798452, {"references":["Schuller, M. & Hutchings, P. A. (2010) New insights in the taxonomy of Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta) with the description of a new Terebellides from Australia. Zootaxa, 2395 (1), 1 - 16. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 2395.1.1","Parapar, J., Moreira, J. & Martin, D. (2016 a) On the diversity of the SE Indo-Pacific species of Terebellides (Annelida; Trichobranchidae), with the description of a new species. PeerJ, 4, e 2313. https: // doi. org / 10.7717 / peerj. 2313","Lavesque, N., Hutchings, P., Daffe, G., Nygren, A. & Londono-Mesa, M. H. (2019) A revision of the French Trichobranchidae (Polychaeta), with descriptions of nine new species. Zootaxa, 4664 (2), 151 - 190. https: // doi. org / 10.11646 / zootaxa. 4664.2.1","Parapar, J., Moreira, J. & O'Reilly, M. (2016 c) A new species of Terebellides (Polychaeta: Trichobranchidae) from Scottish waters with an insight into branchial morphology. Marine Biodiversity, 46, 211 - 225. https: // doi. org / 10.1007 / s 12526 - 015 - 0353 - 5"]}
- Published
- 2020
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
24. Terebellides nkossa Parapar & Martin & Moreira 2020, sp. nov
- Author
-
Parapar, Julio, Martin, Daniel, and Moreira, Juan
- Subjects
Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Trichobranchidae ,Biodiversity ,Terebellides ,Terebellida ,Terebellides nkossa ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Terebellides nkossa sp. nov. Figures 11C, 28A, 29–32, 37; Tables 1, 2 urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: 8C262B7A-F8EC-4ABC-A6AE-538652C71D1B Material examined. Type material. Fifty specimens: holotype (MNCN16.01 /18594); forty-nine paratypes (MNCN16.01 /18592, 16.01/18593 and 16.01/18595 to 16.01/18610). Non-type material. Five dried-out specimens (MNCN16.01 /18611 and MNCN16.01 /18612); one specimen (NHMD-231434) (Table 1). Diagnosis. Body small sized (5–15 mm in length); semi-transparent body wall. Branchial anterior lobe absent; posterior lobes not fused; ventral ones thinner and shorter than dorsal ones, with long terminal filament, directly emerging from branchial stem. TC1 notopodia and notochaetae smaller than following ones. Thoracic neurochaetae with rostrum / capitium length about 1/1 and capitium with a first row of 4–7 medium-sized teeth followed by progressively shorter ones. Description based on holotype Measurements and general body features. Complete specimen, with coelomic cavity filled with oocytes, 12 mm long and 1.0 mm wide (Fig. 28A, 29A); body tapering posteriorly with segments increasingly shorter and crowded towards pygidium. Prostomium compact; tentacular membrane surrounding mouth, with a low number of buccal tentacles (Fig. 29A). SGI as an expanded structure below tentacular membrane (lower lip) (Fig. 29A, 30A). Lateral lappets weakly developed on SGIII–VII (CH 1–5). Branchiae. Branchiae arising as single structure from SGIII, with a single stalked mid-dorsal branch having of one pair of dorsal (upper) lobes not fused along their lengths, and a pair of ventral (lower) lobes much shorter, neither fused together nor to dorsal ones (Fig. 28A, 29A, 30 A−B, 32A). Anterior projection of dorsal lobes (lobe 5) not present. Pointed projection of posterior region of both upper and lower lobes much longer in ventral ones, becoming a long terminal filament (Fig. 30 A−B, 32A). Both sides of branchial lamellae with several parallel bent rows of cilia and several ciliated tufts near outer edge (Fig. 30 C−D). Thorax. Eighteen pairs of notopodia (SGIII−XX); those in TC1 slightly smaller than subsequent ones (Fig. 30A, E−F, 32A). Neuropodia as sessile pinnules, from TC6 (SGVIII) to pygidium, with uncini in single rows start- ing from TC7 (SGIX) throughout. First neuropodia (TC6) with 3–4 sharply bent, acute-tipped, geniculate chaetae with well-developed minute teeth forming a capitium (Fig. 31A). From TC7, neuropodia with up to 7–9 uncini per torus in one row (Fig. 31B), with long-shafted denticulate hooks, rostrum about same length as capitium, with 4−7 medium-sized teeth above main fang, surmounted by 4−6 slightly shorter teeth (Fig. 31C, 32 C−D). Abdomen. 29−30 pairs of neuropodia, as erect pinnules with about 20 uncini per torus (Fig. 31 D−E) having three teeth above main fang surmounted by two teeth above one in middle, an upper crest of two teeth and a variable number of smaller teeth (Fig. 31F). Other features. Paired, mulberry-like nephridial papilla behind first thoracic notopodia and dorsal to each SGVI and VII (CH 4 and CH 5) notopodium (Fig. 30A, E−F, 32A−B). Pygidium blunt, as funnel-like depression. Methyl green staining pattern. Anterior CH 1 to CH 4 solid; CH 5 to CH 11 striped; CH 12 and CH 13 only neuropodia slightly stained; pattern 1 of Schüller & Hutchings (2010) (Fig. 37). Variability. Most specimens of T. nkossa sp. nov. are complete, with well-defined branchiae, ranging from 5 to 15 mm long, showing intra-coelomic oocytes from 9-mm long specimens (Fig. 29D). The digestive tract main parts, especially the hind stomach, can be easily seen by transparency through the delicate body wall (Fig. 29C). The only specimen from the Atlantide cruise (NHMD-231434), identified as T. stroemii by Kirkegaard (1959), comes from shallow waters (108 m depth) off Sierra Leone, measures 7 mm in length and overall agrees with T. nkossa sp. nov. description, except in having much shorter, comma-shaped branchiae, both features not present in our specimens of this species, and therefore it was labelled as T. af. nkossa. Type locality. Gabon; 43 m depth (Table 1). Distribution and bathymetry. Gabon and Democratic Republic of Congo; 43−250 m depth (Fig. 11C; Table 1). Etymology. The species is named after the N’Kossa gas field located off Congo, where most specimens were collected. Remarks. The diagnostic characters above mentioned clearly distinguishes T. nkossa sp. nov. from all other species here described. However, it shares some branchial features with six previously described species: Terebellides mundora Hutchings & Peart, 2000 (Australia), Terebellides atlantis Williams, 1984 (New England slope), Terebellides parapari Lavesque, Hutchings, Daffe, Nygren & Londoño-Mesa, 2019, T. sepultura, T. irinae and T. shetlandica. Terebellides mundora differs from T. nkossa sp. nov. in having branchiae with posterior ventral lobes almost as long as dorsal ones and thoracic uncini with rostrum shorter than capitium, while the new species has ventral lobes much shorter and rostrum longer than capitium; T. sepultura has a very large branchial stalk (short in T. nkossa sp. nov.), and T. irinae has very long thoracic notopodial chaetae (short in T. nkossa sp. nov.). The Atlantic species T. atlantis, T. shetlandica and T. parapari closely resemble T. nkossa sp. nov. in their small body size (T. atlantis: 8–18 mm; T. shetlandica: 06– 19 mm; T. parapari: 8–23 mm and T. nkossa sp. nov.: 5–15 mm) and several other morphological features. Thus, even though the brief original description of T. atlantis (Williams, 1984) does not allow accurate comparisons, the Icelandic specimens described by Parapar et al. (2011) differ from T. nkossa sp. nov. in the size and shape of dorsal branchial lobes vs. ventral ones (which are all highly deciduous in the former) and the shape of thoracic uncini, which show the capitium endowed with minute and numerous teeth (type 4 in Parapar et al., 2016c) (long and scarce in T. nkossa sp. nov., type 3 in Parapar et al., 2016c). Terebellides shetlandica and T. parapari most closely resemble T. nkossa sp. nov. in general branchial shape with ventral branchial lobes only fused at base with dorsal ones and provided with a terminal filament and thoracic uncini. Furthermore, all three species were found at a similar depth range: 100–160 m for T. shetlandica, 120 m for T. parapari and 43–250 m for T. nkossa sp. nov. Nevertheless, T. nkossa sp. nov. mostly differs from T. shetlandica in the number of uncini per abdominal neuropodium (6–7 vs. ca. 20, respectively), and from T. parapari in having smaller TC1 notopodial and notochaetae than following (much longer in T. parapari) and having ciliated papillae dorsal to thoracic notopodia and ciliature in branchial lobes (absent in T. parapari). Other species with four-lobed branchiae are: Terebellides ehlersi McIntosh, 1885 (Fiji Islands), Terebellides intoshi Caullery, 1944 (Indonesia) and Terebellides lobatus Hartman & Fauchald, 1971 (New England). Nevertheless, all of them are much larger than T. nkossa sp. nov. (30−40 mm vs. 5−15 mm) and T. intoshi also bears two chaetigers with geniculate chaetae (cfr. Imajima & Williams, 1985), instead of one.
- Published
- 2020
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
25. Trophoniella radesiensis Chaibi & Antit & Bouhedi & Meca & Gillet & Azzouna & Martin 2019, n. sp
- Author
-
Chaibi, Marwa, Antit, Mouna, Bouhedi, Marwa, Meca, Miguel A., Gillet, Patrick, Azzouna, Atf, and Martin, Daniel
- Subjects
Trophoniella ,Annelida ,Flabelligeridae ,Trophoniella radesiensis ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Trophoniella radesiensis n. sp. Chaibi and Gillet Figures 3–6 urn:lsid:zoobank.org:act: D7C85C70-87FF-4AF4-8599-A8462B3FB8B1 Material examined. Holotype: MNCN16.01 /18453, collected on 25 Nov 2015 in Radés Station, Gulf of Tunis (15°55′ N, 97°41′ W) by the first author. Paratypes: MNCN 16.01 /18454. 6 specimens, same data as for holotype; UCO T FLA 025.1specimen, same data as for holotype. Diagnosis. Body covered by sediments of different grain size (50–1000 µm of long axe) embedded on tunic, completely concealed except in posterior region. Tunic pale, dorsally smooth, ventrally rough, with large papillae, carrying sediment grains and particles. Body papillae arranged in two dorsal and four ventral rows. Branchial plate tongue-shaped. Unidentate anchylosed neurohooks from chaetiger 20. Description. Holotype with some chaetae broken, non-reproductive adult, unknown sex. 35 mm long, 4 mm wide, with 60 chaetigers; paratypes varying from 30–43 mm long and 1–4 mm wide for 43–74 chaetigers (Fig. 3 A– E). Anterior body sub-cylindrical in cross-section, tapering towards pygidium. Tunic transparent, dorsally smooth, ventrally rough with large papillae, carrying sediment grains and particles with long axes ranging from 50 to 1000 µm, totally embedded in tunic, completely concealing it dorsally and ventrally, absent in posterior region. Pale brown, slightly reddish anteriorly. Cephalic cage 12 mm long, with chaetae ca. 1.5 times longer than body width, formed by chaetigers 1–5; chaetiger 2 dorsolateral, chaetiger 3–4 lateral. Chaetal transition from cephalic cage to body chaetae gradual (Fig. 3A, 3 C–E). Body papillae similar in colour to body wall, mostly eroded, arising in two dorsal and four ventral longitudinal rows from first chaetiger to posterior end, better preserved anterior-most body region (Fig. 3A, 3 C–E). Parapodia well developed. Noto and neuropodia have four prechaetal papillae and five postchaetal papillae (Fig. 3C). Especially long papillae absent from anterior chaetigers. Gonopodial papillae not seen. Chaetiger 1 with about six notochaetae and eight neurochaetae; anterior dorsal margin with dorsal papillae, arising as a multifid cephalic veil (Fig. 4A). Chaetiger 5 widening posteriorly. Cephalic hood not exposed. Caruncle short and triangular (Fig. 4C, 4D). Branchiae cirriform, arising from tongue-shaped branchial plate, arranged in two lateral lobes (Fig. 4A, 4D), thin, long (0.5–3mm), whitish once preserved in ethanol, with ca. 60 filaments. Palp, long, corrugated, pale, as long as largest branchiae, 6 mm long (Fig. 4B, 4C). Prostomium lowcone, with two large and two small black eyes (Fig. 3D, 3E). Lateral lip expanded; dorsal and ventral lips not well developed (Fig. 3D, 3E). Notochaetae all multiarticulated capillaries; articles progressively longer towards falcate tips; medial ones in short longitudinal series, 4–7 per bundle; some yellowish some dark brown; unidentate tips (Fig. 5 A–5D). Multiarticulated capillary neurochaeta from chaetiger 2 to 5, then short unidentate neurohooks from chaetiger 6 to 19 (Fig. 6A) and anchylosed hooks from chaetiger 20 to body end (Fig. 6B), darker than preceding ones, arranged in transverse series of 4–6 units per bundle, similarly wide along their length, subdistally not or slightly expanded, with short rings continued up to a subdistal, non-annulated hyaline region, hooked, tapering to roughly pointed, unidentate tips (Fig. 5A, 6B). Pygidium simple, with single anal cirrus. No intra-specific variability in morphological characters was observed, except for lacking sediment gains in some specimens. Distribution. Known only from the type locality, Radés Station (Gulf of Tunisia, Mediterranean Sea). Collected from both soft and rocky bottoms, from 3–4 m to 10 m depth. Etymology. The species name radesiensis refers to the type locality, Radés Station.
- Published
- 2019
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
26. Trophoniella Hartman 1959
- Author
-
Chaibi, Marwa, Antit, Mouna, Bouhedi, Marwa, Meca, Miguel A., Gillet, Patrick, Azzouna, Atf, and Martin, Daniel
- Subjects
Trophoniella ,Annelida ,Flabelligeridae ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Terebellida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Key to the northern African and Mediterranean Sea species of Trophoniella 1. Anchylosed neurohooks first appearing on chaetigers 4���7.................................. T. incerta (Augener, 1918) - Anchylosed neurohooks first appearing on chaetiger 14 or posterior.............................................. 2 2. Tunic without sediment grains.................................................. T. fernandensis (Augener, 1918) - Tunic with sediment grains on both dorsal and ventral surfaces.................................................. 3 3. Sediment grains large, completely concealing the tunic............................ T. enigmatica Salazar-Vallejo, 2012 - Sediment grains varying in size, often small, not completely concealing the tunic................................... 4 4. Anterior chaetigers with notopodial lobes lacking papillae; first short neurohooks from chaetiger 10; anchylosed neurohooks from chaetiger 40............................................................. T. fauveli Salazar-Vallejo, 2012 - Anterior chaetigers with notopodial lobes carrying dorsal papillae; first short neurohooks from chaetiger 6; anchylosed neurohooks from chaetiger 20................................................................. T. radesiensis n. sp., Published as part of Chaibi, Marwa, Antit, Mouna, Bouhedi, Marwa, Meca, Miguel A., Gillet, Patrick, Azzouna, Atf & Martin, Daniel, 2019, A new species of Flabelligeridae (Annelida), Trophoniella radesiensis n. sp., from Tunisia, pp. 551-561 in Zootaxa 4571 (4) on page 559, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.4571.4.7, http://zenodo.org/record/2614266, {"references":["Augener, H. (1918) Polychaeta. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Meeresfauna West-Afrikas. Hamburg, 2, 7 - 625, 6 pls.","Salazar-Vallejo, S. I. (2012) Revision of Trophoniella Hartman, 1959 (Polychaeta, Flabelligeridae). Zoosystema, 43 (3), 453 - 519. https: // doi. org / 10.5252 / z 2012 n 3 a 1"]}
- Published
- 2019
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
27. The tag-along friendship: epibiotic protozoans and syllid polychaetes. Implications for the taxonomy of Syllidae (Annelida), and description of three new species of Rhabdostyla and Cothurnia (Ciliophora, Peritrichia)
- Author
-
Álvarez-Campos, Patricia, Fernández-Leborans, Gregorio, Verdes, Aida, San Martín, Guillermo, Martin, Daniel, and Riesgo Gil, Ana
- Subjects
Protozoan epibiosis ,Invertebrados ,Symbiosis ,Syllidae ,Peritrich ciliates ,Taxonomy ,New species - Abstract
17 páginas, 3 tablas, 7 figuras., The presence of peritrich ciliate epibionts Rhabdostyla sp. and Cothurnia sp. on Syllidae polychaetes is reported here for the first time, including the description of three new species of epibiont ciliates. The protozoans were mainly found at intersegmental furrows, close to parapodial bases of newly collected specimens of Syllis magdalena Wesenberg-Lund, 1962, Syllis sp., Salvatoria sp., and Salvatoria concinna (Westheide, 1974) comb. nov. from Chile, Syllis prolifera Krohn, 1852 from Spain, and Prosphaerosyllis magnoculata (Hartmann-Schröder, 1986) from New Zealand. In addition, epibiont protozoans were found on the dorsal surface, nuchal organs, mouth opening, and anterior cirri of Syllis elongata Day, 1949 from Peru, and the ventral surface of Typosyllis macropectinans Hartmann-Schröder, 1982 from Australia. The discovery of protozoan epibionts on syllid polychaetes has important taxonomic implications that are discussed here. The presence of papillae that are in fact misinterpreted ciliate epibionts has been considered a valid character to distinguish among species or to erect new species of Syllidae, and thus the real origin of papillae-like structures in polychaetes should be carefully assessed., This research received funding from the European Community’s (European Atomic Energy Community’s) Seventh Framework Program (FP7/ 2007–2013; FP7/2007–2011) under grant agreement 227799 to P.A.-C. and A.V. Additional support came from grant CGL2009-12292 BOS of the Spanish Ministry of Economy and Knowledge to G.S.M., and from internal funds of the Consolidated Research Group of the Generalitat de Catalunya on Marine Benthic Ecology (2009SGR655), to D.M.
- Published
- 2014
28. Magelona sinbadi Mortimer, Cassà, Martin & Gil, 2012, sp. nov
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cassà, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, João
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Magelona sinbadi ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Magelona sinbadi sp. nov. Figures 2, 13 F Material examined. Holotype: Persian Gulf, IRAN, Stn. B 4-20 A (27 ° 41.908 'N, 52 ° 11.497 'E), shelly muddy sand, 20 m (NMW.Z.2010.037.0001; af), Van Veen grab, August 2005. Diagnosis. Prostomium longer than wide, with distinct prostomial horns. Notopodia of chaetigers 1–8 with subspatulate postchaetal lamellae expanded as cirriform dorsal superior processes; neuropodia with digitiform ventral lobes. Neuropodia of chaetiger 8, with additional triangular postchaetal lamellae. Notopodia of chaetiger 9 with triangular postchaetal lamellae and digitiform lateral processes; neuropodia with triangular postchaetal lamellae and smaller digitiform prechaetal lobes. All thoracic chaetae capillary. Abdominal lateral lamellae rounded triangular, basally constricted. Hooded hooks tridentate, in two groups, vis-à-vis. Description. A moderately stout species; difference between abdomen and thorax not marked (Figure 2 A). Specimen dimensions: prostomium 1.0 mm long, 0.8 mm wide; thorax (including prostomium) 4.5 mm long, 0.9 mm wide (measured at widest point around chaetiger 4 – 5); abdomen 0.8 mm wide, 10.8 mm long; total length 15.3 mm for 27 chaetigers. Prostomium longer than wide (L:W ratio 1.25); anterior margin smooth, triangular, with conspicuous prostomial horns (Figures 2 B, 13 F); distal tip folded upwards (Figure 2 C) (Note: figured prostomium appears slightly shorter due to distal folding of prostomium); lateral edges undulating. Two pairs of prominent longitudinal dorsal muscular(?) ridges, outer pair shorter and abutting inners for entire length; inner pair diverging only distally, into corners of horns. Outer pair moderately thick, with heavy transverse ridges. Distinct quadrangular (muscular?) areas present either side of ridges. Proboscis not everted. Both palps attached, long (distal tips broken?), thinner at point of attachment but increasing in thickness by chaetiger 2; arising ventrolaterally from base of prostomium. Palps reaching at least chaetiger 20, non-papillated region reaching chaetiger 4 or 5. Papillae long, digitiform; proximally with two rows of papillae either side of inconspicuous groove, one row either side medially and distally. Achaetous region behind prostomium, roughly twice the size of chaetiger 1. Chaetigers 1–8 similar; parapodia biramous; notopodia with low triangular prechaetal lamellae confluent with subspatulate postchaetal lamellae of similar size throughout thorax; single long, slender cirriform prechaetal superior processes (DML) present (Figures 2 D–G). Neuropodia of chaetigers 1–8 with low pre- and postchaetal ridges; ventral cirriform lobes (VNL) underneath chaetae, decreasing slightly to mid-thorax. Small postchaetal expansions present by chaetiger 6, becoming well-developed and triangular on chaetiger 8, apexes of which are broadly rounded. Ventral neuropodial lobes of chaetiger 8 short, slender triangular, in distinctly prechaetal positions. Chaetiger 9: Notopodial prechaetal lamellae low and rounded, adjoined to lateral digitiform processes underneath chaetae; distal tips papilla-like (Figures 2 H–J). Processes also confluent with broadly rounded triangular postchaetal lamellae, much smaller than on preceding chaetigers. No superior processes (DML) observed. Neuropodia of chaetiger 9 (Figure 2 H) with triangular postchaetal lamellae of similar size to notopodial; apexes broadly rounded; confluent with low prechaetal ridges and short digitiform prechaetal lobes (VNL). Chaetae of all thoracic chaetigers simple winged capillaries. Abdominal chaetigers with large, basally constricted and broadly rounded triangular lateral lamellae (in profile, somewhat toad-stool shaped) of about equal size in both rami (Figures 2 K and L); edges undulating (often folded over and appearing crinkled); overlapping in anterior abdomen. Postchaetal extensions of the lateral lamellae behind chaetal rows well-developed, rounded. Triangular processes (DML and VML) present at inner margins of chaetal rows, long in anterior abdomen. Abdominal chaetae tridentate hooded hooks (Figure 2 M) of similar size. Hooks in two groups, main fangs visà-vis (Figures 2 K–L). Around 10–14 hooks per rami. No pouches observed, posterior unknown. Colour. Preserved colour uniformly cream/white in alcohol, conspicuous glandular areas noticeable interparapodially in the abdomen. Staining with methyl green shows no distinct pattern, but a diffuse overall stain. After much of the stain has dissipated, light stain between chaetigers 4–7 remains. Habitat. Holotype found in shelly muddy sand, 20 m, Iran, Persian Gulf. Etymology. From the name Sinbad, the fictional sailor of traditional Arabic and Persian tales who sailed extensively around the Persian Gulf (and beyond) during his mythical voyages, referring to the region in which this species was first sampled. Remarks. Magelona sinbadi sp. nov., shares many morphological similarities with M. gemmata originally described from the Seychelles. In particular, the prostomia of both species, which are: longer than wide; undulating laterally and which possess distinct quadrangular regions either side of thick, highly ribbed ridges. Both species further share similarities in the shape of the thoracic lamellae. However, the two species differ in the shape of the lamellae of the 9 th chaetiger. This is particularly true for the notopodia, with M. gemmata possessing subtriangular lamellae with swollen bud-like tips (Mortimer & Mackie 2003: figure 4 E), whilst M. sinbadi sp. nov., possesses digitiform lateral processes in addition to triangular postchaetal lamellae. The two species further differ in the neuropodia of the same chaetiger, M. gemmata possessing postchaetal lamellae that are distinctly pointed, and prechaetal lobes that are long and slender. In M. sinbadi sp. nov., these are broadly rounded (postchaetal lamellae) and shorter, thicker and more blunt (prechaetal lobes). Magelona sinbadi sp. nov., further differs in possessing thoracic neuropodial lobes which reduce in size to the mid-thorax. As in M. sinbadi sp. nov., the methyl green staining pattern of M. gemmata shows no clear pattern (new observations), however, distinct transverse bands of white speckles across the dorsum, level with the parapodia are present. These bands were heavily stained with Rose Bengal when the type specimen was first examined; similar bands were not observed in M. sinbadi sp. nov. Magelona sinbadi sp. nov., shares similarities with a further 14 species which possess prostomial frontal horns and rounded sub-spatulate thoracic lamellae: M. tehuanensis, M. pacifica, M. nonatoi, M. marianae, Magelona lenticulata Gallardo, 1968, Magelona longicornis Johnson, 1901, M. cornuta, M. crenulifrons, Magelona cepiceps Mortimer & Mackie, 2006, M. berkeleyi and four unnamed species (Magelona spp. G, J, K and L of Uebelacker & Jones 1984) from the Gulf of Mexico. Magelona tehuanensis, M. marianae, M. lenticulata, M. cornuta, M. crenulifrons and Magelona sp. L differ from M. sinbadi sp. nov., in possessing prostomia which are either as long as wide, or only marginally longer than their widths. All but M. marianae possess crenulate anterior prostomia. Magelona marianae and M. crenulifrons further differ in possessing bidentate abdominal hooded hooks, not tridentate as in M. sinbadi sp. nov., Magelona lenticulata possesses dorsal superior processes on chaetiger 9 and M. tehuanensis, M. cornuta and Magelona sp. L further differ in the nature of the lamellae of the same chaetiger. Magelona nonatoi, M. cepiceps, M. berkeleyi and Magelona sp. J all possess rudimentary prostomial horns, unlike the well-developed horns seen in M. sinbadi sp. nov. Apart from M. berkeleyi they further differ from M. sinbadi sp. nov., by possessing dorsal superior processes on chaetiger 9. However, M. berkeleyi differs in possessing a prostomium, which is broader than long and possessing low postchaetal lamellae on chaetiger 9. Magelona longicornis differs in possessing a prostomium wider than long, with some degree of crenulation of the anterior margin; dorsal superior processes and larger triangular postchaetal lamellae on chaetiger 9; and bidentate abdominal hooded hooks. Magelona pacifica, and Magelona spp. G and K resemble M. sinbadi sp. nov., in possessing prostomia which are longer than wide with well-developed frontal horns. However, M. pacifica and Magelona sp. G, differ in possessing bidentate abdominal hooded hooks. All three species differ from M. sinbadi sp. nov., in the shape of the chaetiger 9 lamellae.
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
29. Magelona crenulifrons Gallardo 1968
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, Jo��o
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona crenulifrons ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Magelona crenulifrons Gallardo, 1968 Figures 8, 13J Magelona crenulifrons Gallardo, 1968: 100, figs 1���4; Magelona crenulifrons ��� Mortimer & Mackie (2009: 185���190, figs 2���4) Material examined. Persian Gulf, IRAN���Stn. 24 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0016; 2 af), 1998; Stn. B 1���10 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0017, grab A, 9 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0018, grab B, 14 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0019, grab C, 9 af), 2005; Stn. B 1���15 C (NMW.Z.2010.037.0020; 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 2���10 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0021, grab A, 1 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0022, grab B, 6 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0023, grab C, 7 af), 2005; Stn. B 2���15 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0024, grab A, 1 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0025, grab C, 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 3���15 (MNCN. 16.01 / 13237, grab A, 3 af; MNCN. 16.01 / 13238, grab B, 5 af; MNCN. 16.01 / 13239, grab C, 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 3���20 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0026, grab A, 3 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0027, grab B, 1 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0028, grab C, 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 4���10 B (MNCN. 16.01 / 13240; 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 4���15 (MB 29 ���000193, grab B, 1 af; MB 29 ��� 0 0 0 194, grab C, 2 af), 2005; Stn. B 4���20 (MB 29 ���000195, grab A, 2 af; MB 29 ���000196, grab B, 2 af; MB 29 ��� 0 0 0 197, grab C, 2 af), 2005; Stn. E 10 (1) (MNCN. 16.01 / 13241; 1 af, 1 f), 2006; Stn. E 15 (MNCN. 16.01 / 13242, grab 1, 4 af; MB 29 ���000198, grab 2, 1 af; MB 29 ���000199, grab 3, 1 af), 2006; Stn. F 20 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0029; 3 af), 2006. QATAR���Stn. SB 1 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0030; 1 af,), 2007; Stn. SBW 2 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0031; 2 af, 1 f), 2007; Stn. SB 3 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0032; 5 af, 3 f, 2 pf), 2007; Stn. SB 4 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0033; 3 af, 9 f), 2007; Stn. SBW 6 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0034; 6 af, and 1 dissected af, 15 f), 2007; Stn. SB 7 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0035; 14 af, 16 f, 1 pf), 2007; Stn. SB 8 (1) (MNCN. 16.01 / 13243; 3 af, 1 f), 2007; Stn. SBW 10 (1) (MNCN. 16.01 / 13244; 2 af), 2007; Stn. SB 11 (1) (MNCN. 16.01 / 13245; 2 af, 1 f), 2007; Stn. SB 12 (1) (MB 29 ���000200; 2 af, 5 f), 2007; Stn. SB 13 (1) (MB 29 ���000201; 1 af, 1 f), 2007; Stn. SB 14 (1) (MB 29 ���000202; 3 af, 1 f), 2007; Stn. SB 15 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0036; 3 af), 2007. FIGURE 8. Magelona crenulifrons (A, B NMW.Z.2010.037.0036b; C ���L, Slide preparations: dissected specimen NMW.Z.2010.037.0034b): (A) anterior, dorsal view, showing interparapodial abdominal glandular regions; (B) prostomium, dorsal view; (C ���K) chaetigers 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 respectively (anterior views); (L) notopodium of chaetiger 24 (anterior view); (M) lateralmost thoracic capillary chaeta from notopodia of 3 rd chaetiger; (N ���P) bidentate abdominal hooded hooks (frontal, oblique lateral and lateral views respectively). Diagnosis. Prostomium of similar length to width, spatulate, with distinct frontal horns; anterior margin crenulate. Notopodia of chaetigers 1���8 with foliaceous postchaetal lamellae expanded as cirriform dorsal processes. Neuropodia with slender cirriform ventral lobes. Chaetiger 9 with large distally pointed auricular lamellae, dorsal processes absent; neuropodia with short triangular postchaetal lobes and slender prechaetal lobes. Thoracic chaetigers with winged capillary chaetae. Abdominal lateral lamellae broadly spatulate, basally constricted. Abdominal inferior and superior processes, triangular. Hooded hooks bidentate, in two groups, vis-��-vis. Posteriorly open lateral pouches present abdominally. Description. A moderately sized species, difference between two body regions not marked. Longest specimen, ovigerous (NMW.Z.2010.037.0026; eggs approximately 55 ��m diameter, visible from approximately the 45 th chaetiger), dimensions: prostomium 0.5 mm long, 0.5 mm wide; thorax 3.0 mm long (including prostomium), 0.4 mm wide; abdomen 0.4 mm wide; total length 22 mm for 54 chaetigers. Figured specimen (NMW.Z.2010.037.0036b) dimensions: prostomium 0.4 mm long, 0.4 mm wide; thorax (including prostomium) 3.0 mm long, 0.5 mm wide; abdomen 0.45 mm wide; total length 11.5 mm for 34 chaetigers. Other material 2.8���18 mm long for 12���57 chaetigers. Prostomium slightly longer than, or of similar length to width (L:W ratio 1.0��� 1.33) (width measurements sometimes underestimated as lateral edges occasionally squashed); spatulate to rounded triangular, with distinct frontal horns; lateral margins rounded. Anterior margin crenulate, with 0���9 crenulations (generally 3���7) (degree of crenulation highly variable, some specimens appearing almost smooth with minute crenulations, others wavy or with distinct triangular crenulations (Figures 8 A���B, 13 J). Two pairs of prominent dorsal longitudinal muscular(?) ridges, inner pair diverging anteriorly and extending into frontal horns, outer pair abutting inners for entire length. Distinct muscular(?) areas either side of ridges. The proboscis is everted in 19 specimens, heart-shaped when fully everted, oval to round when partially everted. Proboscis longitudinally ridged inferiorly; superiorly appearing as a smooth pad. Palps retained (fully or partially) on 70 specimens; long and slender, reaching between chaetigers 9��� 29. Non-papillated region long, reaching between chaetigers 1���5 (usually 3���4). Palps with 1���2 rows of papillae proximally either side of inconspicuous groove, and 1 (occasionally 2 in shorter palps) row either side distally. Papillae long at distal tips. Achaetous region behind prostomium, around one and half times the length of chaetiger 1. Notopodia of chaetigers 1���8 similar, with large foliaceous postchaetal lamellae gradually increasing in size along thorax, inferiorly encircling chaetae, forming low triangular prechaetal lamellae (Figures 8 C���I). Superiorly, single long, cirriform processes (DML) present. Neuropodia of chaetigers 1���8 similar, with slender cirriform ventral neuropodial lobes (VNL) decreasing gradually in size along thorax and expanding postchaetally from chaetiger 1. Postchaetal expansion increasing gradually in size along thorax, becoming quite distinct from chaetiger 7. Chaetiger 8 with conspicuous triangular postchaetal lamellae and single small slender cirriform ventral neuropodial lobes (Figure 8 I). Chaetiger 9: notopodial postchaetal lamellae shorter than those of preceding chaetigers; auricular and distally pointed; prechaetal lamellae low; superior prechaetal processes absent (Figure 8 J). Neuropodial postchaetal lamellae of chaetiger 9 triangular, with slender lobes in prechaetal positions. All thoracic chaetae simple winged capillaries (Figure 8 M). Abdomen with large, spatulate lateral lamellae (toad-stool shape in profile), basally constricted, and of a similar size in both rami (Figures 8 K, L). Postchaetal expansion behind chaetal rows evident in anterior abdomen. Triangular processes (DML and VML) evident throughout at inner margins of chaetal rows. Posteriorly open pouches present, from as early as chaetiger 24. Some variation in pouch location observed, however, often initially unpaired, alternating from one side of the body to the other, on alternate segments, then later appearing on alternate segments. Several posterior fragments present in samples (hook dentition would suggest they may belong to this species), no pygidial cirri observed, presumed missing(?). Abdominal hooded hooks bidentate (Figures 8 N���P). Hooks in two groups, vis-��-vis (Figures 8 K, L), initially 7���10 per ramus. Both groups with approximately similar numbers of hooks. Small curved acicular support chaetae present, emerging at bases of lateral lamellae. Colour. No live specimens observed. All specimens preserved in alcohol, cream-white in colour. Specimens stained with Rose Bengal, although pigmentation now weak in many specimens such as those collected during the Iran 2005 survey (however, initial concentration of Rose Bengal used may have been lower). Staining seen as very intense interparapodial abdominal patches, especially in the anterior abdomen; a large dorsal round spot present between chaetigers 1���2 in several specimens. Methyl green staining pattern conspicuous, as described for type material (Mortimer & Mackie 2009). Thoracic dorsal surface speckled all over, apart from mid-dorsal line and surrounding parapodia, slightly less staining in posterior thorax. Venter of thorax striped longitudinally, stripes narrowing to a point at the thoracic-abdominal junction. Staining slightly stronger between chaetigers 1���5. Characteristic medial V-shape observed on venter of most specimens (around chaetigers 5 to 6), usually visible without staining, although more difficult in smaller specimens. Staining in abdomen seen as small speckles along mid-ventral line, and small speckles surrounding interparapodial patches. Slight speckles on prostomium (Figure 13 J). Methyl green staining pattern very constant throughout material. Habitat. Known from Iranian waters in fine silt to coarse sand, 9���74.5 m (Mortimer & Mackie 2009). Described here from a further 13 stations from 3 surveys off Iran in medium sand, shelly sand with low mud, shelly muddy sand, coarse shelly muddy sand, muddy sand, fine muddy sand, and sandy mud, 10���20 m, and 13 stations from a single survey off Qatar in muddy sand with shell debris, mud with some shelly sand, and mud, 57��� 60 m. Distribution. Vietnam (Gallardo 1968), Iran, Qatar (present study; Mortimer & Mackie 2009), Hong Kong (Mortimer & Mackie 2009), Natuna Islands, South China Sea (Al-Hakin & Glasby 2004), Thailand (Nateewathana & Hylleberg 1991; Hylleberg & Nateewathana 1991), and Hong Kong (Shin 1998; 2003). Remarks. These specimens conform well to the re-description of the type material by Mortimer & Mackie (2009). This material highlights the importance of making observations on pouch morphology and location from as many specimens as possible, as variations in pattern may be present. However, the patterns observed here were similar to that seen for Hong Kong specimens. Some pouches were observed to be paired, sometimes on consecutive segments, whilst others were present on alternating segments., Published as part of Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel & Gil, Jo��o, 2012, New records and new species of Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula, with a re-description of Magelona pacifica and a discussion on the magelonid buccal region, pp. 1-43 in Zootaxa 3331 on pages 21-24, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.208658, {"references":["Gallardo, V. A. (1968) Polychaeta from the Bay of Nha Trang, South Viet Nam. Naga Report, 4 (3), 35 - 279.","Mortimer, K. & Mackie, A. S. Y. (2009) Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from Hong Kong, China; with discussions on related species and redescriptions of three species. In: Maciolek, N. J. & Blake, J. A. (Eds), Proceedings of the Ninth International Polychaete Conference. Zoosymposia, 2, 179 - 199.","Al-Hakin, I. & Glasby, C. J. (2004) Polychaeta (Annelida) of the Natuna Islands, South China Sea. The Raffles Bulletin of Zoology, Supplement 11, 25 - 45.","Shin, P. K. S. (1998) Biodiversity of subtidal benthic polychaetes in Hong Kong coastal waters. In: Morton, B. (Ed.), The Marine Biology of the South China Sea. Proceedings of the Third International Conference on the Marine Biology of Hong Kong and the South China Sea, Hong Kong, 28 October - 1 November 1996. Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong, pp. 57 - 74.","Shin, P. K. S. (2003) Changes in benthic infaunal communities in Tolo Harbour: will the trend continue? In: Morton, B. (Ed.), Perspectives on Marine Environment Change in Hong Kong and Southern China, 1977 - 2001. Proceedings of an International Workshop Reunion Conference, Hong Kong 21 - 26 October 2001. Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong, pp. 579 - 592."]}
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
30. Magelona falcifera Mortimer & Mackie 2003
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, Jo��o
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Magelona falcifera ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Magelona cf. falcifera Mortimer & Mackie, 2003 Figures 9 ���10, 13 K Magelona falcifera Mortimer & Mackie, 2003: 167 ���169, fig. 3? Material examined. Persian Gulf, IRAN���Stn. 8 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0008; 11 af, and 1 dissected af), 1998; Stn. 13 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0009; 1 c, 11 af), 1998; Stn. 14 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0010; 20 af), 1998; Stn. 24 (MNCN. 16.01 / 13232; 2 af), 1998; Stn. 8 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0011; 37 af), 2002; Stn. 13 (1) (MB 29 ���000189; 23 af), 2002; Stn. B 4���10 (MNCN. 16.01 / 13233, grab A, 15 af; MNCN. 16.01 / 13234, grab B, 22 af; MB 29 ���000190; grab C, 6 af), 2005; Stn. B 4���15 C (NMW.Z.2010.037.0012; 1 af), 2005; Stn. F 10 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0013, grab 1, 2 c, 44 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0014, grab 2, 4 af), 2006; Stn. F 20 (3) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0015, 16 af), 2006. QATAR���Stn. E 72 A (MNCN. 16.01 / 13235; 1 af), 2005; Stn. G 93 (MNCN. 16.01 / 13236, grab A, 3 af; MB 29 ��� 0 0 0 191, grab B, 1 af; MB 29 ���000192, grab C, 1 af), 2005. Diagnosis. Prostomium width similar to length, subtriangular without prostomial horns. Chaetigers 1���8 with lanceolate postchaetal lamellae, notopodial prechaetal lamellae indistinct and without dorsal superior processes. Chaetiger 9 with broad triangular postchaetal lamellae. All thoracic chaetae capillary. Abdominal chaetigers with lanceolate lateral lamellae and one enlarged hooded hook in anterior abdominal parapodia; other hooded hooks bidentate, those nearest the lateral lamellae more slender. Hooks in 2 groups, vis-��-vis. Lateral pouches absent. Methyl green staining particularly strong between chaetigers 5���9. Description. A small slender species; difference between abdomen and thorax not marked (Figure 9 A). Dimensions of figured complete specimen (NMW.Z.2010.037.0009): prostomium 0.4 mm long, 0.4 mm wide; thorax (including prostomium) 1.8 mm long, 0.45 mm wide (measured at widest point around chaetiger 7); abdomen 0.4 mm wide; total length 17.0 mm for 67 chaetigers. Other complete specimens (2) 5.5���6.7 mm for 45���52 chaetigers; remaining material 12���53 chaetigers, 1.3���13.5 mm. Prostomium as long as, or less than width, subtriangular; anterior margin smooth and rounded, occasionally straight (Figure 9 B) (Note: prostomium folded and curled in anterior drawing, Figure 9 A). Two pairs of longitudinal dorsal muscular(?) ridges; outer pair shorter and more indistinct, abutting inners for entire length; inner pair separated for majority of length, tips reaching distal prostomial margin. Indistinct (muscular?) areas either side of ridges, visible only under compound microscope. Proboscis everted in many specimens, oval to circular when partially everted, heart - shaped when fully everted. Proboscis ridged inferiorly, superior surface appearing smooth. Palps present on several specimens, arising ventrolaterally from base of prostomium, reaching at least chaetiger 16���20, non-papillated region reaching chaetiger 3���5. Papillae: long, of similar lengths, digitiform; with 1 row of papillae, either side of inconspicuous ventral groove for length of palp. Achaetous region behind prostomium roughly one and a half times the size of chaetiger 1; dorsal antero-lateral margins of which are rounded and expand over the base of the prostomium. Chaetigers 1���8 similar; parapodia biramous (Figures 9 C���G); notopodia with low indistinct prechaetal lamellae. Superior notopodial prechaetal processes (DML) and ventral neuropodial lobes (VNL) absent. Postchaetal lamellae lanceolate, of about equal size in both rami, gradually becoming longer and broader along thorax. Chaetiger 9: segment slightly narrower and thinner than previous segments. Prechaetal lamellae low; postchaetal lamellae broad triangular, with narrow tips (Figure 9 H). Chaetae of all thoracic chaetigers simple capillaries. Abdominal chaetigers with basally constricted lanceolate lateral lamellae of about equal size in both rami (Figures 9 I ���K), becoming more slender posteriorly. Lamellae do not appear to extend postchaetally. Small triangular processes (DML and VML) present at inner margins of chaetal rows. A large sickle-shaped hook in both rami of anterior abdominal chaetigers present, no secondary teeth observed (Figure 9 L); decreasing in size around chaetiger 20 and not apparent after chaetiger 25. A single small slender bidentate hook (Figure 9 O) is present at the base of the lateral lamellae (and next to the enlarged hooded hooks in the anterior abdomen); appearing to emerge where the lamellae is basally constricted. Remaining hooks (Figures 9 M���N) bidentate of similar size, hooks in two groups, main fangs vis-��-vis. Approximately four hooks present in anterior abdomen (one slender, one enlarged and two ���ordinary��� hooks, as seen in figured specimen) increasing medially to approximately 6���8 hooks and posteriorly 4���6. Sporadic tridentate hooks observed in the posterior abdomen. Eggs observed posteriorly (NMW.Z.2010.037.0008b; dissected af, visible from approximately the 30 th chaetiger) packed within the body cavity, approximately 75 ��m in diameter. Pygidium small with two slender lateral anal cirri (Figure 9 P). No pouches observed. Colour. No living animals observed, preserved colour uniformly cream/white in alcohol. Glandular areas noticeable interparapodially within the abdomen, staining lightly with Rose Bengal in some specimens. Staining with methyl green (Figure 10) shows a diffuse overall stain, particularly strong between chaetigers 5���9. Dorsally, pale green speckled areas are present between chaetigers 1 to 4 ��� 5 (also seen as white speckles in unstained material). Darker transverse bands also present, level with parapodia on chaetigers 6���8; two longitudinal lines on chaetigers 7���8 either side of mid - dorsal line, and much darker pigmentation on lateral margins of chaetigers 6���9 (also seen on venter). Staining particularly strong around the parapodia of chaetiger 9; additional stain seen as speckles abdominally. Ventrally, speckled patches (lighter in colour) present medially between chaetigers 3���5 and denser staining medially between chaetigers 5���8. Abdominally, speckled areas interparapodially and ventrally either side of the mid-ventral line. Habitat. Found at 10 stations from 4 surveys off the coast of Iran, in medium sand, shelly muddy sand, and fine shelly sand, 10���19 m, and 2 stations from one survey off Qatar, in medium sand, 15���18.4 m. Evidence of a sediment tube, present on many specimens. Distribution. Iran, Qatar (present study), Seychelles (Mortimer & Mackie 2003). Remarks. The Persian material in general conforms well with the type material, however, several perceived differences exist. The original description depicts the prostomial shape as subhexagonal, however, having reviewed all material, prostomial shape varies from subtriangular to subhexagonal depending on the degree to which the lateral edges are inverted. Figure 11 A shows the prostomial shape of a dissected paratype, which agrees well with those seen in the Persian material. The figured Persian specimens appear slightly broader than the type material, however, both sets of material are generally of a similar size and breadth. Lastly, there seems to be a variation in the methyl green staining patterns (Figures 10���11). The types of M. falcifera show a diffuse overall stain, with dorsal transverse white bands on chaetigers 6 and 7 and additional white patches on chaetigers 4, 5 and 8. Ventrally, white transverse bands are present between chaetigers 3���6, with additional white patches level with chaetigers 7 and 8, those of the later chaetiger being somewhat triangular. Additional, strong green speckles are often present as a transverse line around chaetigers 4���6 (one transverse line shown on Figure 11, around chaetiger 5). No abdominal staining observed. The stain dissipated very quickly in the Seychellois material, in contrast to the Persian material that persisted for some time, still evident days after initial staining. The morphological similarity between the Persian material and the type specimens is strong, with the only major difference appearing to be the variation in staining patterns. However, none of the perceived differences is deemed significant enough to warrant separation of this material at this time., Published as part of Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel & Gil, Jo��o, 2012, New records and new species of Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula, with a re-description of Magelona pacifica and a discussion on the magelonid buccal region, pp. 1-43 in Zootaxa 3331 on pages 24-27, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.208658, {"references":["Mortimer, K. & Mackie, A. S. Y. (2003) The Magelonidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from the Seychelles, with the description of three new species. In: Sigvaldadottir, E., Mackie, A. S. Y., Helgason, G. V., Reish, D. J., Svavarsson, J., Steingrimsson, S. A. & Gudmundsson, G. (Eds), Advances in Polychaete Research. Hydrobiologia, 496 (1 - 3), 163 - 173."]}
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
31. Magelona pacifica Monro 1933
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cassà, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, João
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Magelona pacifica ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Magelona pacifica Monro, 1933 Figures 14���16 Magelona pacifica Monro, 1933: 1048 ���1049, fig. 2 Material examined. Syntypes: PANAM��, Gorgona Island, at low tide, collected by Dr. C. Crossland, (BMNH Type 1933.7.10.65/ 70; 14 af, 13 f of 2���32 chaetigers, 1 pf of approximately 28 chaetigers for 9 mm, and 13 loose palps) (N.B. original description indicates 12 specimens). Diagnosis. Prostomium longer than wide, with distinct prostomial horns. Notopodia of chaetigers 1���8 with spatulate postchaetal lamellae, expanded as cirriform dorsal superior processes. Neuropodia with slender triangular ventral lobes; chaetiger 8 with additional triangular postchaetal lamellae. Notopodia of chaetiger 9 with rounded postchaetal lamellae confluent with prechaetal ridges, expanded as lateral cirriform lobes. Neuropodia of chaetiger 9 with triangular postchaetal lamellae and ventral prechaetal processes. All thoracic chaetae capillary. Abdominal lateral lamellae rounded triangular (toad-stool shape in profile), basally constricted. Hooded hooks bidentate, in one unidirectional group. Re-description. A moderately large species (Figures 14 A���D); junction between thorax and abdomen distinct, abdomen thicker dorso-ventrally than thorax. All specimens posteriorly incomplete, condition generally poor. Thoracic parapodia missing or incomplete in many specimens, particularly in posterior thorax. Dimensions of longest syntype: prostomium 1.0 mm long, 0.8 mm wide; thorax 5.0 mm long (including prostomium), 0.5 mm wide (thorax generally widest at chaetiger 1, tapering towards abdomen); abdomen 0.4 mm wide; total length approximately 33.5 mm for 60 chaetigers. Other syntypes with 29���51 chaetigers for 15���26 mm (N.B. original description states that ���one of the most complete specimens measures 45 mm (���) for 85 chaetigers���. It is likely that this specimen has now fragmented and may be represented by the 60 chaetiger af and the posterior fragment reported here). Prostomium longer than wide (L:W ratio 1.1���1.4); anterior margin smooth, triangular, with very conspicuous prostomial horns (Figure 15 A) (the tips of which are more rounded, and the horns broader than originally figured by Monro). Prostomial lateral margins often undulating. Two pairs of prominent longitudinal dorsal muscular(?) ridges, outer pair abutting inners for entire length; inner pair diverging distally into each horn. Outer pair moderately thick, heavily ridged transversely. Inner pair showing diagonal striations at each end, with light transverse ridging medially. Distinct muscular(?) areas either side of ridges of varying shape and size. Proboscis everted in 13 specimens; heart-shaped when fully everted, round to oval (Figure 14 D) when partially everted; ridged longitudinally, although much lighter superiorly, appearing almost smooth. Palps attached on eight specimens, long and slender; arising ventrolaterally from base of prostomium, reaching approximately chaetiger 21���30; non-papillated region long reaching chaetiger 3���5. Degree of papillation variable, papillae short proximally but long for majority of length; digitiform; proximally with two or three rows of papillae either side of inconspicuous groove, medially with two, and distally with one or two rows either side. Achaetous region behind prostomium large approximately one and a half times the size of chaetiger 1. Chaetigers 1���7 similar (although size of the lamellae and processes in posterior thorax difficult to ascertain due to absence/damage in most specimens); parapodia biramous (Figures 16 A���E); notopodia with low triangular prechaetal lamellae confluent with large spatulate postchaetal lamellae, of a similar size throughout the thorax, upper margins smooth. Long slender, cirriform, prechaetal superior processes present (DML). Neuropodial pre- and postchaetal lamellae as low ridges, forming distinct cuff-like structures confluent with ventral triangular lobes (VNL) beneath chaetae, decreasing in size along thorax. Lamellae of chaetiger 8 unknown due to damage in all specimens, however, neuropodia with additional triangular postchaetal lamellae of similar size to those of the proceeding chaetiger. Chaetiger 9: Notopodial prechaetal lamellae as low ridges confluent with rounded postchaetal lamellae (smaller than those of preceding chaetigers) and inferiorly expanded as small cirriform processes; superior processes (DML) not observed and described originally as absent (Figure 16 F). Neuropodia with triangular postchaetal lamellae confluent with low prechaetal ridges and digitiform prechaetal lobes. Chaetae of all thoracic chaetigers simple winged capillaries. Abdominal chaetigers with large rounded triangular to spatulate lateral lamellae (toad-stool shape in profile) (Figure 16 G) (shape variable, sometimes more rounded, edges often undulating and folded over) of about equal size in both rami; basally constricted, stalked, and overlapping in anterior abdomen. Postchaetal extension of the lateral lamellae behind chaetal rows present in anterior abdomen; triangular, much reduced by chaetigers 15���20. Triangular processes (DML and VML) present at inner margins of chaetal rows, long in anterior abdomen. Abdominal chaetae bidentate hooded hooks, with around 10���12 hooks per rami initially (not drawn to prevent further damage to specimens, particularly any remaining complete hooks). Majority of hooks broken where they emerge in all specimens, however they appear to be in one unidirectional group (difficult to discern due to condition of material. Monro���s original description does not mention this character, and although his drawings show unidirectional hooks, they are shown with different orientations in different rami i.e. facing the lamellae in one group and away in another). A parapodial slide preparation made from a posterior - most chaetiger of a syntype specimen suggests that they are unidirectional based on how they arise. Information on non - type material of M. pacifica from Mexico also suggests unidirectional facing bidentate hooks (Brasil 2003). Paired posteriorly open pouches on consecutive segments, on both sides of the body, starting from around chaetigers 36���40 (observed on 10 specimens) are present. Pouches appear as simple folds, medially split with thicker cuticle surrounding edges (Figures 15 C���E). Pouches present until approximately 10 chaetigers from the pygidium, (observed from posterior fragment). Eggs present in three fragments (18 and 20 chaetiger fragments and 44 chaetiger af), approximately 80 ��m in diameter (clearly visible from approximately 37 th chaetiger). Posterior fragment (Figure 15 F) with no pygidial cirri observed, presumed broken(?). Colour. Colour of preserved specimens uniformly cream in alcohol. Darker colouration interparapodially in the abdomen (Figure 15 F). Methyl green stain dissipates quickly leaving a very diffuse, overall stain (Figures 14 C��� D) (stain slightly darker and persisting longer on chaetigers 1���7 dorsally and 3���7 ventrally). However, dorsal transverse bands of light green/yellow persist between chaetigers 2���9, just posterior to parapodia. Those behind chaetiger 2 often appearing as patches rather than bands. These bands correspond with light speckled transverse bands visible in the same area without staining. An additional medial dorsal patch, just prior to chaetiger 1 is often present. Similar light green bands observed ventrally between 4���9. Habitat. Type specimens found at low tide on Gorgona Island, Panam��. Distribution. Magelona pacifica has been additionally recorded from Southern California (Hartman 1944; 1956; 1969), Gulf of California and the Pacific coast of M��xico (Arias-Gonz��lez 1984; Padilla-Galicia 1984; Varela-Hern��ndez 1993; De Le��n-Gonz��lez 1994; Hern��ndez-Alc��ntara & Sol��s-Weiss 2000). Ten further records were made throughout the Tropical Eastern Pacific (see, Salazar-Vallejo & Londo��o-Mesa 2004), and also West of the Philippine Trench (10 �� 26 'N, 126 ��05'E, 1000 m) (Kirkegaard 1996). Kirkegaard���s description states ���without notopodial and neuropodial medial lamellae in posterior region��� as in the original description by Monro (1933): ���I can see no cirriform processes���. However, Magelona pacifica has been shown herein to possess abdominal triangular processes (DML and VML) at the inner margins of chaetal rows, so we cannot be sure whether Kirkegaard���s material is actually M. pacifica. Paxton & Chou (2000) report the presence of Magelona cf. pacifica from the South China Sea. Remarks. The poor condition of the material examined herein makes a full re-description of this species from type material difficult, particularly the parapodia between chaetigers 5���8. Examination of newly collected material from the type locality would be prudent. The species sharing the most morphological similarities with M. pacifica is M. montera sp. nov., and their affinities are discussed above for the justification of the new species. Several features differ between Monro���s original description and this re-description. In particular, the presence of triangular processes at the inner margins of chaetal rows (DML and VML) in the abdomen. Also, the presence of triangular postchaetal lamellae in the neuropodia of the 8 th chaetiger were not mentioned in the original description., Published as part of Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel & Gil, Jo��o, 2012, New records and new species of Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula, with a re-description of Magelona pacifica and a discussion on the magelonid buccal region, pp. 1-43 in Zootaxa 3331 on pages 32-34, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.208658, {"references":["Monro, C. C. A. (1933) The Polychaeta Sedentaria collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Colon, in the Panama region, and the Galapagos Islands during the expedition of the S. Y. ' St. George'. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1933, 1039 - 1092.","Brasil, A. C. dos S. (2003) Filogenia de Magelonidae Cunningham & Ramage, 1888 (Annelida - Polychaeta) com base na morfologia externa. Tese de Doutorado, Universidade Federal do Parana, 113 pp.","Hartman, O. (1944) Polychaetous annelids, 6. Paraonidae, Magelonidae, Longosomidae, Ctenodrilidae and Sabellariidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions, 10, 311 - 389.","Hartman, O. (1956) Contributions to a biological survey of Santa Monica Bay, California. A final report submitted to Hyperion Engineers, Inc., by the Geology Department, University of Southern California, September 17, 1956.","Hartman, O. (1969) Atlas of sedentariate polychaetous annelids from California. Allan Hancock Foundation, Los Angeles. 812 pp.","Arias-Gonzalez, J. E. (1984) Diversidad, distribucion y abundancia de anelidos (Poliquetos) en la Bahia de Mazatlan, Sinaloa, durante un ciclo annual. Tesis Profesional, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, 102 pp.","Padilla-Galicia, E. (1984) Estudio cualitativo y cuantitativo de las poblaciones de anelidos poliquetos de la plataforma continental de Sinaloa. Tesis Profesional, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, 106 pp.","Varela-Hernandez, J. J. (1993) Anelidos poliquetos de la plataforma continental de Jalisco, Mexico. Tesis Profesional, Facultad de Ciencias Biologicas, Universidad Guadalajara, 113 pp.","De Leon-Gonzalez, J. A. (1994) Poliquetos (Annelida: Polychaeta) de la plataforma continental de la costa oeste de Baja California Sur, Mexico: Taxonomia, habitos alimenticios y distribucion. Tesis Maestria, CICIMAR-IPC, 177 pp.","Hernandez-Alcantara, P. & Solis-Weiss, V. (2000) Magelonidae from the Mexican Pacific and northern Gulf of Mexico, with the description of a new genus (Meridithia) and four new species. In: Reish, D. J. & Lana, P. (Eds), Proceedings of the 6 th International Polychaete Conference, Curitiba, Brazil, 1998. Bulletin of Marine Science, 67, 625 - 644.","Salazar-Vallejo, S. I. & Londono-Mesa, M. H. (2004) Lista de especies y bibliografia de poliquetos (Polychaeta) del Pacifico Oriental Tropical. Anales del Instituto de Biologia, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Serie Zoologia, 75 (1), 9 - 97.","Kirkegaard, J. B. (1996) Bathyal and abyssal polychaete (sedentary species I). Scientific Results of the Danish Deep-Sea Expedition Round the World 1950 - 52. Galathea Reports, 17, 57 - 78.","Paxton, H. & Chou, L. M. (2000) Polychaetous annelids from the South China Sea. The Raffles Bulletin of Zoology, Supplement 8, 209 - 232."]}
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
32. Magelona
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, Jo��o
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Key to adult specimens of Magelona from the western Indian Ocean (revised from Mortimer (2010)) The western Indian Ocean is regarded here as including the seas around the Arabian Peninsula, the seas surrounding east Africa to its southern tip (including Seychelles), and those surrounding Pakistan and western India. The species discussed here are those known to occur in this region. Unconfirmed records have been omitted and confirmed localities are given for each species. Prostomial images are also provided in Figure 13. 1. Prostomium with conspicuous, well-delineated frontal horns.................................................. 2 - Prostomium without horns, or rudimentary horns present..................................................... 7 2. Anterior prostomial margin crenulate.................................................................... 3 - Anterior margin smooth............................................................................... 4 3. Abdominal hooded hooks bidentate, unstained V shape present on venter of mid-thorax, when stained with methyl green (often seen in unstained material)...................................................... M. crenulifrons (Persian Gulf) - Abdominal hooded hooks tridentate................................................. M. cornuta (Gulf of Oman) 4. Abdominal hooded hooks bidentate, unstained X shape present on venter of mid-thorax when stained with methyl green................................................................................... M. pulchella (Persian Gulf) - Abdominal hooded hooks tridentate...................................................................... 5 5. Thoracic notopodial lamellae with crenulate upper margins, prostomial horns distinctly separated from prostomium anterior margin, distal horn tips bulbous................................................. M. montera sp. nov. (Red Sea) - Thoracic notopodial lamellae with smooth upper margins, prostomial horns without bulbous distal tips, horns separated from prostomium anterior margin only at horn tips............................................................... 6 6. Notopodia of chaetiger 9 with subtriangular postchaetal lamellae, with swollen bud-like tips, neuropodia of the same chaetiger with distinctly pointed postchaetal lamellae, and long and slender prechaetal lamellae.......... M. gemmata (Seychelles) - Notopodia of chaetiger 9 with digitiform lateral lamellae and broadly rounded triangular postchaetal lamellae; neuropodia with broadly rounded triangular postchaetal lamellae, and short, thick prechaetal lamellae..... M. sinbadi sp. nov. (Persian Gulf) 7. Thoracic notopodia with dorsal processes................................................................. 8 - Thoracic dorsal processes lacking...................................................................... 10 8. Anterior abdomen with lateral pouches, chaetiger 9 with modified chaetae....................................... 9 - No anterior abdominal pouches, chaetiger 9 with capillary chaetae; prostomium onion-shaped with rudimentary horns...................................................................................... M. cepiceps (Seychelles) 9. Abdominal hooded hooks bidentate; notopodial dorsal processes absent in anterior thorax.................................................................................................. M. conversa (Seychelles, Persian Gulf) - Abdominal hooded hooks tridentate; notopodial dorsal processes on all thoracic chaetigers (Note: those of chaetiger 9 may be difficult to discern).......................................... M. obockensis (Gulf of Aden, Red Sea, Persian Gulf) 10. Anterior abdominal chaetigers with greatly enlarged re-curved hooded hooks............................................................................................... M. falcifera (Seychelles), M. cf. falcifera (Persian Gulf) - No enlarged hooks................................................................................... 11 11. Neuropodial lamellae of chaetigers 1���3 expanded distally, scoop-shaped; pigment band present in posterior thorax (Note: pig- ment band may fade)......................................... M. cincta (South Africa), M. cf. cincta (Persian Gulf) - Thoracic neuropodial lamellae not distally expanded....................................................... 12 12. Thoracic notopodial postchaetal lamellae larger than neuropodial ones; neuropodial lobes reduce in size in mid-thorax, abdom- inal hooded hooks bidentate................................... M. mahensis Mortimer & Mackie, 2006 (Seychelles) - Thoracic postchaetal lamellae in both rami of a similar size and shape, abdominal hooded hooks not bidentate.......... 13 13. Abdominal hooded hooks polydentate (predominately quadridentate).................... M. cf. agoensis (Persian Gulf) - Abdominal hooded hooks tridentate..................................................................... 14 14. Postchaetal lamellae in thorax and abdomen long, sharply triangular; large, stout species................................................................................................. M. symmetrica (Seychelles, Persian Gulf) - Thoracic postchaetal lamellae short, triangular; abdominal lamellae lanceolate, basally constricted; small, slender species.................................................. Magelona pygmaea Nateewathana & Hylleberg, 1991 (Seychelles), Published as part of Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel & Gil, Jo��o, 2012, New records and new species of Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula, with a re-description of Magelona pacifica and a discussion on the magelonid buccal region, pp. 1-43 in Zootaxa 3331 on pages 40-41, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.208658, {"references":["Mortimer, K. (2010) Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula: a review of known species, with notes on Magelona tinae from Thailand, Zootaxa, 2628, 1 - 26.","Mortimer, K. & Mackie, A. S. Y. (2006) The Magelonidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from the Seychelles. 2. Description of four additional species, three new to science. In: Sarda, R., San Martin, G., Lopez, E., Martin, D. & George, D. (Eds), Scientific Advances in Polychaete Research. Scientia Marina, 70 (S 3), 125 - 137."]}
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
33. Magelona agoensis Kitamori 1967
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, Jo��o
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Magelona agoensis ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Magelona cf. agoensis Kitamori, 1967 Figures 3, 4,13G Magelona agoensis Kitamori, 1967: 52 ���53, fig. 5? (see remarks below) Material examined. Persian Gulf, IRAN���Stn. B 1���10 (MB 29 ���000188, grab B, 2 af; MNCN. 16.01 / 13228, grab C, 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 1���15 A (NMW.Z.2010.037.0002; 4 af), 2005; Stn. B 2���10 C (MNCN. 16.01 / 13229; 1 af) 2005; Stn. B 3���10 (MNCN. 16.01 / 13230, grab B, 1 af; MB 29 ���000187, grab C, 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 4���15 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0003, grab A, 1 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0004, grab B, 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 4���20 C (NMW.Z.2010.037.0005; 1 af; dissected and slide mounted), 2005; Stn. E 20 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0006; 1 af), 2006. Diagnosis. Prostomium width similar to length, subhexagonal without prostomial horns. Notopodia of chaetigers 1���8 with lanceolate postchaetal lamellae, prechaetal lamellae indistinct; without dorsal superior processes. Chaetiger 9 with broader postchaetal lamellae. All thoracic chaetae capillary. Abdominal chaetigers with lanceolate lateral lamellae. Abdominal hooded hooks predominately quadridentate, with the occasional pentadentate hook present. Hooks in 2 groups, vis-��-vis. Posterior unknown, no pouches observed. Description. A small slender species; thorax marginally wider than, or of similar size to abdomen (Figure 3 A). Dimensions of largest specimen (NMW.Z.2010.037.0004): prostomium 0.3 mm long, 0.3 mm wide; thorax (including prostomium) 1.4 mm long, 0.3 mm wide; abdomen 0.25 mm wide; total length 5.2 mm for 25 chaetigers (Note: last chaetiger now dissected and slide mounted). Other specimens 1.5���5.8 mm for 11���25 chaetigers. All material posteriorly incomplete. Prostomium length similar to width (L:W ratio 1), subhexagonal, anterior margin smooth and straight (Figures 3 C, 13 G), without prostomial horns. Two pairs of longitudinal dorsal muscular(?) ridges; outer pair shorter and very indistinct (difficult to discern in several specimens), abutting inners for entire length. Inner pair adjoined for majority of length, diverging only at distal prostomial margin. No other obvious prostomial ornamentation. Proboscis everted in two specimens, heart-shaped when fully everted, oval when partially everted; very lightly ridged. One specimen (NMW.Z.2010.037.0006) possessing an everted ���buccal organ/tube��� between the everted proboscis and prostomium (see Discussion). This elongate structure having a dorsal opening (mouth?), and a triangular grooved region on the ventral-most surface (Figures 4 A���D). Both palps retained on one specimen (MNCN. 16.01 / 13230), long, slender; reaching approximately chaetiger 19. Right - hand palp retained on another specimen (NMW.Z.2010.037.0002) reaching chaetiger 23. Non-papillated region long, reaching approximately chaetigers 5��� 6. Papillae of similar lengths; one row of papillae either side of an inconspicuous groove for length of palp. Achaetous region behind prostomium, of similar size to chaetiger 1. Chaetigers 1���8 similar; parapodia biramous (Figures 3 D���K); notopodia with low indistinct prechaetal lamellae. Superior dorsal prechaetal processes (DML) and ventral neuropodial lobes (VNL) absent. Postchaetal lamellae lanceolate to triangular, and of about equal size along thorax; neuropodial lamellae slightly larger than notopodial lamellae in posterior thorax. Chaetiger 9: Prechaetal lamellae low, confluent with postchaetal lamellae which are marginally longer and broader than on preceding chaetigers. Postchaetal lamellae lanceolate, of similar size in both rami (Figure 3 L). All thoracic chaetae simple capillaries. Abdominal chaetigers with lanceolate to triangular lateral lamellae of about equal size in both rami, with slight basal constrictions (Figure 3 M). No processes (DML and VML) observed at inner margins of chaetal rows, however, this may be a consequence of the small size of specimens. Abdominal hooded hooks predominately quadridentate (Figures 3 N ���P, 4 E ���H) with three secondary teeth surmounting main fang; two lower, and one on the back of, and in between the other two. However several pentadentate hooks observed (Figure 3 Q) with two small teeth directly above the two lower teeth. Hooks in two groups, with main fangs vis-��-vis (Figure 3 M). Around 8���10 hooks per rami, hooks split more or less equally between the two groups (4 / 4 or 5 / 3). An occasional smaller hook present next to lateral lamellae. No pouches observed; posterior unknown. Colour. No live animals observed; preserved colour uniformly white in alcohol. Staining with methyl green shows a distinct pattern (Figures 3 A, B). Dorsally, small paired triangular areas present between chaetigers 1���4, comparable to indistinct white speckled areas seen in non-stained specimens; however, stain dissipates quickly from this region. Stain darkest between chaetigers 4���9; comprising of large speckles between chaetigers 4���6. Ventrally a light, transverse band of staining, level with the parapodia of chaetiger 2 present on some specimens, with a similar darker band on chaetiger 4. Ventral staining darkest between chaetigers 5���9, particularly on chaetigers 5 and 6. White patches which do not stain, present between chaetigers 6���9 either side of mid-ventral line. Abdominally, interparapodial staining present with additional pigmentation along the mid-ventral line adjacent to interparapodial patches (Figure 3 B). Although this is a small species, it can be clearly identified from its methyl green staining pattern. Habitat. Fourteen specimens found at 7 stations, from two surveys in various types of muddy sand, and in sandy mud, 10���20 m, Iran, Persian Gulf. Remarks. There are three known species of Magelona that possess polydentate abdominal hooks: Magelona polydentata Jones, 1963 from the Bahamas, Magelona agoensis Kitamori, 1967 from Japan and an undescribed species (sp. I of Uebelacker & Jones 1984) from the northern Gulf of Mexico. All three of these species being somewhat larger than any of the material observed here. Uebelacker & Jones (1984) stated that ��� Magelona sp. I, is nearly identical to M. polydentata Jones, 1963, from the Bahamas, apparently differing from the latter in possessing oblique dorsal slits on some thoracic setigers, in having abdominal dorsal and ventral medial lamellae, and in having predominately tridentate hooks on some specimens���. Both species differ from Magelona cf. agoensis in possessing rudimentary prostomial horns, ventral thoracic neuropodial lamellae, and somewhat rudimentary neuropodial lamellae on chaetiger 9. In addition, both are reported to have thoracic pigment bands, which on the holotype of M. polydentata is between chaetigers 5���9 but present between chaetigers 6���8 on Magelona sp. I. However, Jones (1963) when discussing this pigment band stated ���it is believed that this does not constitute a valid taxonomic character. To be sure, such a band is faintly indicated on the other specimens from Bimini, but it is entirely lacking in the remaining specimens examined���. A pigment band was not observed on any of the Iranian material studied here. However, this area of the thorax does correspond with that which stained most strongly with methyl green. Magelona polydentata is described as possessing only a single pair of prostomial ridges, which are well-separated. This appears also to be the case for Magelona sp. I (see Uebelacker & Jones 1984: figure 7���20 a), in contrast to the two pairs of abutting ridges as described herein for Magelona cf. agoensis. However, it should be noted that the outer pair of ridges were often extremely difficult to discern. The predominant abdominal hooded hooks reported for M. polydentata possess four accessory teeth above the hook���s main fang, some possessing five, and a small number with three. This is similar to the hooks seen in Magelona sp. I, however, the later species additionally possesses tridentate hooded hooks which predominate in some specimens. This is in contrast to the Iranian material observed here, which predominately has three accessory teeth above the main fang. Small dorsal and ventral abdominal processes (DML and VML) were reported as being present on Magelona sp. I, but not on M. polydentata. These were not observed on any of the Iranian material, but this may be due to the small size of the specimens, especially in comparison with the other species. Based on the original description of M. agoensis, the Iranian material observed here shares similarities with the type material, regarding the shape of the prostomium, the shape of the lamellae and the nature of the abdominal hooded hooks. However, the original description differs in possessing thoracic postchaetal lamellae that are longer in the notopodia than the neuropodia, and abdominal hooded hooks in a single unidirectional facing group. Unfortunately, the original description and drawings of M. agoensis are inadequate for direct comparison and the current location of the holotype is unknown (the holding institution was noted in the original description as the Tokai Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory, although accession numbers relating to the specimen were not given. Enquiries to the laboratory did not yield any further information on the holotype���s whereabouts). The holotype of M. agoensis is much larger than the Iranian material observed here, and it is possible that the variation observed between the specimens is caused by their difference in size. Nevertheless, it is believed that the Iranian specimens are likely to represent a new species. However, in the absence of the holotype of M. agoensis for re-description and comparison, and without more complete Iranian material we prefer not to describe it as so at the present time., Published as part of Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel & Gil, Jo��o, 2012, New records and new species of Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula, with a re-description of Magelona pacifica and a discussion on the magelonid buccal region, pp. 1-43 in Zootaxa 3331 on pages 11-15, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.208658, {"references":["Kitamori, R. (1967) Magelonidae (Polychaetous annelids) from Japan, including the description of a new species. Bulletin of Tokai Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory, 50, 49 - 54.","Jones, M. L. (1963) Four new species of Magelona (Annelida, Polychaeta) and a redescription of Magelona longicornis Johnson. American Museum Novitates, 2164, 1 - 31.","Uebelacker, J. M. & Jones, M. L. (1984) Family Magelonidae. In: Uebelacker, J. M. & Johnson, P. G. (Eds) Taxonomic Guide to the Polychaetes of the Northern Gulf of Mexico. Final Report to the Minerals Management Service, contract 14 - 12 - 001 - 29091. Barry A. Vittor and Associates, Mobile, Alabama, 7.1 - 7.29."]}
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
34. Magelona symmetrica Mortimer & Mackie 2006
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cassà, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, João
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Magelona symmetrica ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Magelona symmetrica Mortimer & Mackie, 2006 Figures 12, 13 L Magelona symmetrica Mortimer & Mackie, 2006: 127 ���128, fig. 2 Material examined. Persian Gulf, IRAN���Stn. 8 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0044; 10 af, and 1 dissected af), 1998; Stn. 13 (MNCN. 16.01 / 13250; 3 af), 1998; Stn. 14 (MB 29 ���000207; 7 af), 1998; Stn. 8 (1) (MNCN. 16.01 /13251, 11 af; MB 29 ���000208, 9 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0045, 9 af), 2002; Stn. 9 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0046; 8 af), 2002; Stn. 13 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0047; 21 af), 2002; Stn. B 3���10 C (NMW.Z.2010.037.0048; 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 4���10 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0049, grab A, 4 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0050, grab B, 5 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0051 grab C, 10 af), 2005. QATAR���Stn. E 72 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0052, grab A, 1 af; NMW.Z.2010.037.0053, grab B, 1 af), 2005; Stn. I 56 B (NMW.Z.2010.037.0054; 2 af), 2005; Stn. SC ��� 2000 (NMW.Z.2010.037.0055; 1 af), 2007; Stn. SBW 9 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0056; 2 af), 2007. Diagnosis. Stout species. Prostomium wider than long, subtrapezoidal, without prostomial horns. Palps robust, densely papillated. Chaetigers 1 ��� 9 with slender, smooth-edged, triangular postchaetal lamellae. Thoracic chaetigers with capillary chaetae. Abdominal lateral lamellae long, pointed triangular. Hooded hooks tridentate, in two facing groups (vis-��-vis ). Description. A large, stout species (Figure 12 A); thorax marginally wider, but thinner than abdomen; no distinct constriction at chaetiger 9. All specimens posteriorly incomplete. Dimensions of figured anterior fragment: prostomium 0.5 mm long, 0.6 mm wide; thorax (including prostomium) 2.8 mm long, 0.9 mm at maximum width; abdomen 0.85 mm wide; total length 13.0 mm for 39 chaetigers. Dimensions of longest specimen: 65 chaetigers for 23 mm; 1 mm wide. Other specimens with 9 ��� 29 chaetigers for 0.75 ��� 12 mm in length. Prostomium wider than, or occasionally as wide as long (Figures 12 B and C, 13 L), (L:W ratio 0.63 ��� 1.00); subtrapezoidal; anterior margin smooth, medially indented in many specimens. Prostomium postero-lateral margins sometimes folded upwards giving the appearance of a much wider prostomium (see Figures 12 B and 13 L); prostomial horns absent. Two pairs of prominent longitudinal dorsal muscular(?) ridges; inner pair anteriorly divergent and lightly ridged transversely; degree of separation variable, often entirely separated. Outer pair abutting inners. The proboscis is everted in nine specimens, oval when partially everted, heart-shaped when fully everted; longitudinally ridged inferiorly, superiorly appearing smooth. Palps attached in 29 specimens. Palps arise ventrolaterally from base of prostomium, short, reaching chaetigers 10 ��� 20; robust and heavily papillated. Non-papillated region reaching to chaetigers 2���3. Palps with four rows of papillae either side of groove (groove fairly conspicuous in most specimens), reducing to one row either side at distal tip (two to three rows either side medially); papillae long, length decreasing only at proximal end. Achaetous region behind prostomium approximately 1 and half times the size of chaetiger 1. Chaetigers 1 ��� 8 similar; parapodia biramous (Figures 12 D ��� H); low triangular notopodial prechaetal ridges confluent with slender triangular postchaetal lamellae, tips of which are pointed. Neuropodial postchaetal lamellae triangular with low prechaetal ridges; initially ventral in position, becoming entirely postchaetal from chaetiger 5 ��� 6. Thoracic lamellae reducing gradually in size along thorax. Chaetiger 9: Notopodia similar to preceding chaetigers. Prechaetal lamellae low ridges in both rami (Figure 12 I). Neuropodial lamellae triangular, superior lateral in position; low inferior postchaetal ridges often terminating inferiorly in small triangular processes (processes present in larger specimens, although very small, not seen in smaller material. Sometimes observed only on one side of a chaetiger). Parapodia of chaetiger nine often interposed in furrow between surrounding chaetigers, particularly those of the neuropodia. All thoracic chaetae simple capillaries. Abdominal chaetigers with sharply-pointed triangular lateral lamellae, of about equal size in both rami (Figure 12 J). Lateral lamellae do not extend postchaetally, hooks arising from definite ridge. No dorsal or ventral (DML and VML) processes observed on abdominal chaetigers. Abdominal chaetae all tridentate hooded hooks (Figures 12 K ��� M) of similar size. Hooks in two groups, main fangs vis-��-vis. Initially about 10 hooks per ramus. Paired anteriorly open lateral pouches absent on anterior abdominal chaetigers. Posteriorly open pouches not observed. Pygidium unknown. Colour. Observations made on preserved material; now cream-white in alcohol, some still stained with Rose Bengal. Several specimens with pale reddish staining in posterior thorax, not as marked as a pigment band. Glandular areas particularly noticeable in abdomen as large intense white speckled interparapodial patches (often starting from chaetiger 8). Methyl green staining rather diffuse, no obvious pattern. Slightly darker staining in mid-dorsal (chaetigers 4 to 7) and mid-ventral areas of thorax. White speckled areas noticeable, dorsally next to parapodia (Figure 12 A) between chaetigers 1 ��� 5. Ventrally white speckles strongest between chaetigers 8���13 (associated with mid-ventral line) continuing into abdomen, with additional patches around chaetigers 2���5. Rose Bengal staining dorsally noticeable between chaetigers 2���5 around parapodia (not medially), strongest on 3���4, but also present between 4���5 (if present, seen as sparse speckled areas). Small interparapodial patches are present between chaetigers 6���7, and stronger patches between chaetigers 8���9. Abdominal interparapodial areas showing stain with Rose Bengal, as do the white speckled areas of the venter. Habitat. 107 specimens found, distributed at eight stations from three different surveys off Iran, medium sand, and shelly muddy sand, 10���21 m, and four stations from three surveys off Qatar, coarse sand, medium sand, and muddy sand with shell debris 17��� 58 m. Evidence of a tube present on several specimens, covered with minute sand grains. Distribution. Iran, Qatar (present study), Seychelles (Mortimer & Mackie 2006). Remarks. The Persian material observed here conforms with the type specimen and description extremely well. The only difference observed is the presence of pale reddish pigment in the posterior thorax of some of the Persian material. Magelona symmetrica was originally described from one specimen in which pigment in the posterior thorax was not observed. However, the presence of thoracic pigment amongst the Persian material was sporadic. The fact that pigment in Persian material was pale (never forming a distinct band) even in material collected more recently, and was only present on a small number of specimens suggests that this is a variable character within this species. Observation of live or fresh material may help to resolve this. The holotype of M. symmetrica possessed small ventral processes on the neuropodia of chaetiger 9. These were not always observed in the Persian material, even on different sides of the same chaetiger. However even when present, they are minute and often difficult to discern. Their presence/conspicuousness may well be related to size of a specimen. This may also be resolved in the future by the examination of additional material. Of all the Persian species observed here, M. symmetrica shares the most similarities with Magelona cf. cincta, and these two species can be difficult to separate in preserved material, particularly when specimens are small. However, the following differences between the two species allow separation. Magelona cf. cincta possesses slightly scooped shaped ventral neuropodial lamellae on chaetigers 1���3; the pigment seen in the posterior thorax is a distinct band of a dark reddish/brown; the thoracic neuropodial lamellae decrease sharply in size from chaetigers 1���5; the chaetigers of the mid-thorax are characteristic bulbous; the prostomium has limited ornamentation either side of the prostomial ridges; a distinct methyl green staining pattern is present, and abdominal lamellae are broader at approximately one third of their length, not at the base. All specimens of Magelona cf. cincta observed were small in comparison to the majority of M. symmetrica specimens observed. In contrast, the generally larger M. symmetrica specimens possess: sharply pointed triangular lamellae on chaetigers 1���3; a prostomial margin which is often medially indented (prostomium sometimes curving upwards) and is much more highly ornamented; neuropodial lamellae are of a similar size throughout the thorax; the pale reddish pigment in the posterior thorax (if present) does not form a distinct band, even in newer material (when comparing material of the two species from the same survey, the pigment seen in Magelona cf. cincta is much stronger); M. symmetrica is a stout species, however does not possess characteristically bulbous chaetigers in the mid-thorax; a distinct methyl green staining pattern is not present; intense glandular areas interparapodially are present from chaetiger 8 and abdominal lamellae are sharply triangular. However, it is important to note that the pigment band of Magelona cf. cincta does fade over time, and was observed here to be paler in older material. It is likely that some of these observed differences may be due to the size of the species, such as the ornamentation of the prostomium, given that the specimens of Magelona cf. cincta are much smaller., Published as part of Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel & Gil, Jo��o, 2012, New records and new species of Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula, with a re-description of Magelona pacifica and a discussion on the magelonid buccal region, pp. 1-43 in Zootaxa 3331 on pages 27-32, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.208658, {"references":["Mortimer, K. & Mackie, A. S. Y. (2006) The Magelonidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from the Seychelles. 2. Description of four additional species, three new to science. In: Sarda, R., San Martin, G., Lopez, E., Martin, D. & George, D. (Eds), Scientific Advances in Polychaete Research. Scientia Marina, 70 (S 3), 125 - 137."]}
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
35. Magelona pacifica
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, Jo��o
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Magelona pacifica ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Re-description of Magelona pacifica Due to the morphological similarity between M. montera sp. nov., and the original description of Magelona pacifica it was deemed necessary to borrow the type material of the latter species for further examination. On comparison of the type material and the original description it was concluded that a re-description would be prudent and is included below, despite it being originally described from Panam��, and not believed to be present in the seas surrounding the Arabian Peninsula., Published as part of Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel & Gil, Jo��o, 2012, New records and new species of Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula, with a re-description of Magelona pacifica and a discussion on the magelonid buccal region, pp. 1-43 in Zootaxa 3331 on page 32, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.208658
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
36. Magelona montera Mortimer, Cass��, Martin & Gil, 2012, sp. nov
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, Jo��o
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Magelona montera ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Magelona montera sp. nov. Figures 1, 13 E Magelona cornuta - Amoureux (1983: 737, Table 1); not Magelona cornuta Wesenberg-Lund, 1949 Material examined. Holotype: Northern Red Sea, ISRAEL, Eilat, Gulf of Aqaba, (approximately 29 �� 33 'N, 34 �� 57 'E), sand, intertidal (MNHN A 895; af), collected by D. Dexter, 5 th July 1979. Diagnosis. Prostomium longer than wide, with distinct prostomial horns, distal tips bulbous. Notopodia of chaetigers 1���8 with foliaceous postchaetal lamellae, with crenulated margins, expanded as cirriform dorsal superior processes. Neuropodia with triangular ventral lobes, chaetiger 8 with additional triangular postchaetal lamellae. Notopodia of chaetiger 9 with triangular postchaetal lamellae, ���swollen��� distally, confluent with prechaetal ridges. Neuropodia of chaetiger 9 similar to preceding chaetiger, however, ventral processes prechaetal. All thoracic chaetae capillaries. Abdominal lateral lamellae subtriangular, basally constricted. Hooded hooks tridentate, in two groups, vis-��-vis. Description. A moderately large species; thoracic-abdominal junction indistinct (Figure 1 A). Holotype, ovigerous, posteriorly incomplete, condition good. Prostomium 1.2 mm long, 0.95 mm wide; thorax 6.7 mm long (including prostomium), 0.6 mm wide; abdomen 0.55 mm wide; total length approximately 30 mm for 53 chaetigers, 53 rd chaetiger now dissected and slide mounted. Prostomium longer than wide (L:W ratio 1.26), rounded laterally; anterior margin smooth, triangular, with conspicuous prostomial horns (Figures 1 B, 13 E); horn distal tips bulbous, distinctly separated from antero-lateral margins of prostomium. Two pairs of prominent longitudinal dorsal muscular(?) ridges, outer pair, abutting inners for entire length; inner pair diverging distally into horn corners. Outer pair, moderately thick, with distinct transverse ridges. Distinct quadrangular (muscular?) areas present either side of ridges. Proboscis partially everted, squashed and visible on left-hand side of body (Figures 1 A, 13 E); spherical(?) (true shape difficult to discern due to condition); ridged, ridging much lighter superiorly. Both palps attached (right-hand palp slightly longer), highly coiled, long; arising ventrolaterally from base of prostomium, reaching approximately chaetiger 25; non-papillated region reaching chaetiger 4. Papillae: short proximally but long for majority of length; digitiform; proximally with two rows of papillae either side of inconspicuous groove, medially and distally with one row either side. Achaetous region behind prostomium slightly longer than chaetiger 1. Chaetigers 1���8 similar; parapodia biramous; notopodia with low triangular prechaetal lamellae confluent with large foliaceous postchaetal lamellae of similar size throughout thorax (slightly larger on chaetigers 7 and 8), upper margins minutely crenulate (degree of crenulation, somewhat variable). Long slender, cirriform, prechaetal superior processes present (DML) (Figures 1 C���I). Neuropodial pre- and postchaetal lamellae as low ridges; ventral triangular lobes (VNL) with pointed distal tips, beneath chaetae, of similar size to the mid-thorax. Lobes decreasing in size on chaetiger 8 and occurring in a slightly prechaetal position, chaetiger 8 with additional postchaetal triangular lamellae. Chaetiger 9: Notopodial prechaetal lamellae inferiorly encircling chaetae forming subtriangular postchaetal lamellae (smaller than those of chaetigers 2���8), with distinct ���swollen��� tips; superior processes (DML) absent (Figure 1 J). Neuropodia of chaetiger 9 similar to that of chaetiger 8; triangular postchaetal lamellae confluent with low prechaetal ridges and digitiform prechaetal lobes. Chaetae of all thoracic chaetigers simple winged capillaries. Abdominal chaetigers with large subtriangular lateral lamellae with rounded tips, of about equal size in both rami (Figures 1 K���L); basally constricted, and overlapping in anterior abdomen. Postchaetal extension of the lateral lamellae behind chaetal rows well-developed in anterior abdomen; triangular. Triangular processes (DML and VML) present at inner margins of chaetal rows, long in anterior abdomen. Abdominal chaetae tridentate hooded hooks (Figures 1 M���N) of similar size. Hooks in two groups, main fangs vis-��-vis (Figures 1 K���L). Around 8���12 hooks per rami, majority of hooks located in group at inner margins of chaetal rows. Single hook, smaller than ���ordinary��� tridentate hook present at the bases of lateral lamellae. Paired posteriorly open pouches present on consecutive segments from chaetiger 38. Pouches appear as simple folds, medially split with thicker cuticle surrounding edges. Eggs present in body cavity (visible on slide preparation of 53 rd chaetiger), approximately 60 ��m in diameter. Eggs clearly separated from pouches by epidermis. Posterior unknown. Colour. Colour of preserved specimen uniformly cream/white in alcohol. Methyl green stain dissipates quickly leaving a very diffuse, overall stain. However, dorsal transverse bands of light green persist between chaetigers 3���9, just posterior to parapodia. These correspond with white speckled transverse bands visible in the same area without staining (see Figure 1 A). Similar light green bands are observed with methyl green in the abdomen, and additional dark green interparapodial patches. Ventrally, a diffuse dark stain of speckles between chaetigers 5��� 7 (stronger between 5���6) and light green speckled patches either side of the mid-ventral line, just posterior to the level of the parapodia in the same region were observed. Habitat. Type specimen found in intertidal sand, Eilat, Israel, Gulf of Aqaba. Etymology. From the Spanish word, ���montera���, for the hat typically worn by bullfighters/matadores, referring to the shape of the prostomial frontal horns. Remarks. Sixteen species share morphological similarities with M. montera sp. nov., in the shape of the thoracic lamellae: Magelona berkeleyi Jones, 1971, M. cornuta, M. crenulifrons, Magelona gemmata Mortimer & Mackie, 2003, Magelona marianae Hern��ndez-Alc��ntara & Sol��s-Weiss, 2000, Magelona methae Nateewathana & Hylleberg, 1991, Magelona nonatoi Bol��var & Lana, 1986, M. pulchella, M. pacifica, Magelona tehuanensis Hern��ndez-Alc��ntara & Sol��s-Weiss, 2000, five undescribed species of Uebelacker & Jones (1984) (spp. D, G, J, K, L) and Magelona sinbadi sp. nov., described herein (see below). The two species sharing the most morphological similarities with M. montera sp. nov., are M. marianae (from M��xico) and M. pacifica (from Panam��, see below for re-description). Magelona marianae possesses thoracic notopodial lamellae with crenulate margins and distinct prostomial frontal horns, but differs from M. montera sp. nov., in the nature of chaetigers 8���9, and in possessing bidentate hooded hooks. The prostomium of M. pacifica shares many similarities with that of M. montera sp. nov., however differs in having a more triangular anterior margin; less bulbous distal tips of the frontal horns; and frontal horns which are not as wide (transversely). Both species share many similarities in terms of: lamellar shape; methyl green staining patterns and presence of paired posteriorly open pouches with a medial slit, on consecutive segments from approximately chaetiger 40. Magelona pacifica like M. montera sp. nov., possesses small abdominal triangular processes (DML and VML) at the inner margins of chaetal rows. However, M. pacifica differs in not possessing distinct crenulate upper margins of thoracic notopodial lamellae, and in possessing bidentate hooded hooks. The abdominal hooks of M. pacifica also appear to be in one unidirectional group (see below) differing from M. montera sp. nov., in which they are vis-��vis. Magelona montera sp. nov., differs from M. pulchella, M. methae, Magelona spp. D and G and M. crenulifrons in possessing tridentate and not bidentate hooded hooks, and having crenulate thoracic notopodial lamellae. Magelona nonatoi, M. berkeleyi and Magelona sp. J, all differ from M. montera sp. nov., in possessing only rudimentary prostomial horns. Magelona cornuta, M. tehuanensis and Magelona sp. L possess well-developed frontal horns but differ from this new species in possessing crenulate anterior prostomial margins. Magelona gemmata, Magelona sp. K, and M. sinbadi sp. nov., have well-developed frontal horns but differ from the new species by not possessing crenulate thoracic notopodial lamellae. Magelona sp. K, and M. sinbadi sp. nov., further differ in the nature of their 9 th chaetigers. The prostomial shape and nature of the frontal horns in M. montera sp. nov., is very distinct. The presence of distinct ���swollen��� tips on the postchaetal notopodial lamellae of chaetiger 9 as seen here in M. montera sp. nov., is a feature shared with M. gemmata from the Seychelles., Published as part of Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel & Gil, Jo��o, 2012, New records and new species of Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula, with a re-description of Magelona pacifica and a discussion on the magelonid buccal region, pp. 1-43 in Zootaxa 3331 on pages 5-8, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.208658, {"references":["Amoureux, L. (1983) Annelides polychetes du golfe d'Aqaba (mer Rouge). Description d'un genre nouveau et de deux especes nouvelles. Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, Serie 4 5 (3 A), 723 - 742.","Wesenberg-Lund, E. (1949) Polychaetes of the Iranian Gulf. Danish Scientific Investigations in Iran, 4, 247 - 400.","Jones, M. L. (1971) Magelona berkeleyi n. sp. from Puget Sound (Annelida: Polychaeta) with a further redescription of Magelona longicornis Johnson and a consideration of recently described species of Magelona. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, 28, 1445 - 1454.","Mortimer, K. & Mackie, A. S. Y. (2003) The Magelonidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from the Seychelles, with the description of three new species. In: Sigvaldadottir, E., Mackie, A. S. Y., Helgason, G. V., Reish, D. J., Svavarsson, J., Steingrimsson, S. A. & Gudmundsson, G. (Eds), Advances in Polychaete Research. Hydrobiologia, 496 (1 - 3), 163 - 173.","Hernandez-Alcantara, P. & Solis-Weiss, V. (2000) Magelonidae from the Mexican Pacific and northern Gulf of Mexico, with the description of a new genus (Meridithia) and four new species. In: Reish, D. J. & Lana, P. (Eds), Proceedings of the 6 th International Polychaete Conference, Curitiba, Brazil, 1998. Bulletin of Marine Science, 67, 625 - 644.","Bolivar, G. A. & Lana, P. C. (1986) Magelonidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) do litoral sudeste do Brasil. Neritica, 1, 131 - 147.","Uebelacker, J. M. & Jones, M. L. (1984) Family Magelonidae. In: Uebelacker, J. M. & Johnson, P. G. (Eds) Taxonomic Guide to the Polychaetes of the Northern Gulf of Mexico. Final Report to the Minerals Management Service, contract 14 - 12 - 001 - 29091. Barry A. Vittor and Associates, Mobile, Alabama, 7.1 - 7.29."]}
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
37. Magelona conversa Mortimer & Mackie 2003
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, Jo��o
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona conversa ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Magelona conversa Mortimer & Mackie, 2003 Figures 7, 13 I Magelona conversa Mortimer & Mackie, 2003: 164 ���167, fig. 2 Material examined. Persian Gulf, IRAN���Stn. B 4���10 A (NMW.Z.2010.037.0007; 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 4���15 A (MNCN. 16.01 / 13231; 2 af), 2005; Stn. 33 FC (68���6806) (BMNH. 2010.234; 1 af), 2005. Diagnosis. Prostomium longer than, or equal to width, subtriangular, without prostomial horns. Notopodia of chaetigers 1���8 with smooth-edged foliaceous postchaetal lamellae; superior prechaetal processes from chaetiger 5 (or 6) to 8. Neuropodial prechaetal lamellae longer than postchaetal lamellae on chaetigers 1���8. Chaetigers 1���8 with capillary chaetae; chaetiger 9 with mucronate chaetae. Abdominal lateral lamellae rounded subrectangular. Hooded hooks bidentate, main fangs unidirectional, pointing laterally. Anteriorly and posteriorly open lateral pouches present on abdominal chaetigers, posterior unknown. Description. A moderately stout species; thorax marginally wider than, or equal to abdomen. However, thorax slightly dorso-ventrally flattened, thinner in comparison to the more rounded abdomen. Thoracic chaetigers with transverse furrows between parapodia, either side of the mid-body line (Figure 7 A; shown as dotted lines). Dimensions of figured anterior: prostomium 1.3 mm long, 1.15 mm wide; thorax 5.3 mm long (including prostomium), 0.95 mm wide; abdomen 0.9 mm wide; total length 13.5 mm for 25 chaetigers (Note: 25 th chaetiger now dissected, slide mounted). Other material 9.8���15.5 mm with 19���31 chaetigers. All material posteriorly incomplete. Prostomium longer than, or equal to width (L:W ratio 1.0��� 1.13), subtriangular; anterior margin smooth and rounded; prostomial horns absent (Figures 7 A���C, 13 I, note: left-hand margin of prostomium in Figure 7 A folded underneath; slight tear in anterior margin, which is minutely curled. Prostomium in Figure 7 B curved upwards as shown in Figure 7 C, making prostomium look shorter and rounder. However shape and size much more akin to that figured for the holotype, Mortimer & Mackie 2003: figure 2 A). Prostomial lateral edges occasionally undulating as shown for paratype (Mortimer & Mackie 2003: figure 2 B). Two pairs of prominent longitudinal dorsal muscular(?) ridges; inner pair joined for majority of length, diverging only at anterior margin of prostomium (lightly ridged transversely); outer pair abutting inners for entire length. Conspicuous patterns either side of ridges; irregular oblong regions proximal to ridges; smaller rounded areas towards lateral edges, initially in longitudinal lines at base of prostomium. Proboscis everted in 3 specimens (lightly squashed in figured anterior); a large heart-shaped sac when fully everted, oval when partially everted. Proboscis with conspicuous longitudinal ridges inferiorly, lightly ridged superiorly. One palp present in sample tube (MNCN. 16.01 / 13231), very short with 2 rows of papillae either side of ventral groove; papillae extremely long making palp appear ���frilly��� (similar to type material of a similar size). Achaetous region behind prostomium, roughly equal size to, or approximately 1 and half times the size of chaetiger 1. Chaetigers 1���7 similar; parapodia biramous (Figures 7 D���F) with small rounded notopodial prechaetal lamellae which, from chaetiger 5 (or 6) to 8, project dorsally as triangular superior processes (DML). Prechaetal lamellae confluent with large foliaceous postchaetal lamellae, which increase in size along thorax, distal tips pointing upwards. Neuropodia with long and slender, triangular prechaetal lamellae; postchaetal lobes short, rounded triangular. Ventral neuropodial lobes (VNL) absent. Neuropodial postchaetal lobes of chaetiger 7 more distinct, larger; triangular to oval. Chaetiger 8: notopodial prechaetal lamellae similar to preceding chaetigers, but superior processes larger, distinctly triangular; postchaetal lamellae very large, foliaceous (Figures 7 G, H). Neuropodial prechaetal lamellae broader and more triangular than previous chaetigers (Figure 7 H); postchaetal lamellae well-developed, rounded oblong (Figure 7 G). Chaetae of chaetigers 1���8 all simple capillaries. Chaetiger 9: segment short (Figure 7 A), notopodial and neuropodial prechaetal lamellae low and broadly rounded, encircling chaetae cuff-like to form higher postchaetal lamellae (Figure 7 I). Neuropodial prechaetal lamellae inferiorly developed as large triangular processes (varying in length, as seen in the type material). Chaetae arranged in fan-like arcs; mucronate (Figure 7 K). Abdominal chaetigers with thick, ���fleshy��� subrectangular lateral lamellae, directed towards each other, of about equal size in both rami (Figure 7 J). Lamellae internally supported by several conspicuous, slender curved aciculae (3 or 4 at chaetiger 25), appearing continuous between rami; distal regions extending towards tips of lateral lamellae, conspicuous even under binocular microscope. Small triangular processes (DML and VML) evident throughout abdomen, at inner margins of chaetal rows. Abdominal chaetae bidentate hooded hooks (Figure 7 L), of similar size. Hooks of unidirectional orientation, main fangs pointing laterally. Initially about 10 hooks per ramus in anterior abdomen, reducing to around 6 at chaetiger 25. Hooks arising from definite ridge. Paired anteriorly open lateral pouches present on anterior abdominal chaetigers (Figure 7 A) (chaetigers 11, 14, 17 and 20); large, convoluted, bounded dorsally and ventrally by large cuticular flaps. Unpaired lateral pouches found posteriorly on two specimens, on chaetigers 24 L (NMW.Z.2010.037.0007) and chaetigers 26 L, 28 R and 30 L (MNCN. 16.01 / 13231). Pouches posteriorly open, however, very large and convoluted, more akin to anteriorly open pouches (especially those on chaetiger 26 L). Posterior unknown. Colour. No live animals observed, cream-white in alcohol. One specimen stained with Rose Bengal (BMNH. 2010.234). Staining with methyl green revealed dorsal and ventral transverse bands as white speckles between parapodia, in thorax (Figure 7 A) and anterior abdomen (ventral and abdominal bands lighter). Strong interparapodial staining in the abdomen, and staining associated with the cuticular flaps of paired pouches. Staining with Rose Bengal of a similar pattern. Habitat. Four specimens found at three stations off the coast of Iran in two surveys, in coarse sand, coarse shelly muddy sand, and shelly sand with low mud, 9��� 15 m. Distribution. Seychelles (Mortimer & Mackie 2003), Iran (present study). Remarks. The morphology of the Iranian material agrees well with the Seychellois type material in all respects. Although Rose Bengal staining has now dissipated in the type material, the staining pattern for the Iranian material agrees well with that described for the types. Prostomial shape of the figured specimen (BMNH. 2010.234) agrees well with the holotype, despite appearing shorter and more rounded due to its curled nature. There is a slight variation in size and shape of prostomia in the Iranian material but this is mirrored by the variation seen within the type material. The form of the dorsal muscular(?) ridges and ornamentation either side in both sets of material agrees well. The only variation seen was in the number of abdominal hooks, which were greater in number on the Seychellois material (between 15���18 in the anterior abdomen). The type material is generally larger than the Iranian material, however, when material of a similar size was compared, they were observed to have a similar number of hooks. A couple of adjustments to the original description of the type material should be made. Mortimer & Mackie (2003: 164) when describing M. conversa, stated that the thorax is narrower than abdomen. The thoracic width of type material is generally slightly wider, or equal to the width of the abdomen as seen here within the Iranian material. However, the original description should have stated that the thorax is thinner than the abdomen when viewed laterally. Secondarily, the neuropodial postchaetal lamellae of chaetiger 7 are more developed than previously described, being triangular or oval, and about a third of the length of the prechaetal lamellae. The abdominal pouches of M. conversa as observed in both the Iranian and Seychellois material follow that as described by Mortimer (2010: 22) for species possessing both anteriorly and posteriorly open pouches., Published as part of Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel & Gil, Jo��o, 2012, New records and new species of Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula, with a re-description of Magelona pacifica and a discussion on the magelonid buccal region, pp. 1-43 in Zootaxa 3331 on pages 18-21, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.208658, {"references":["Mortimer, K. & Mackie, A. S. Y. (2003) The Magelonidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from the Seychelles, with the description of three new species. In: Sigvaldadottir, E., Mackie, A. S. Y., Helgason, G. V., Reish, D. J., Svavarsson, J., Steingrimsson, S. A. & Gudmundsson, G. (Eds), Advances in Polychaete Research. Hydrobiologia, 496 (1 - 3), 163 - 173.","Mortimer, K. (2010) Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula: a review of known species, with notes on Magelona tinae from Thailand, Zootaxa, 2628, 1 - 26."]}
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
38. Magelona cincta Ehlers 1908
- Author
-
Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel, and Gil, Jo��o
- Subjects
Magelonidae ,Magelona cincta ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Magelona ,Spionida ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Magelona cf. cincta Ehlers, 1908 Figures 5 ���6, 13H Magelona cincta Ehlers, 1908: 111 ���112, figs 9���12?; Magelona cf. cincta- Mortimer & Mackie (2009: 194���196, fig. 6) Material examined. Persian Gulf, IRAN���Stn. 15 (MNCN. 16.01 / 13246; 1 af), 1998; Stn. B 3���10 A (MNCN. 16.01 / 13247; 1 af), 2005; Stn. B 3���15 B (MB 29 ���000203; 1 af), 2005; Stn. F 10 (3) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0037; 1 dissected specimen) 2006; Stn. F 25 (1) (MB 29 ���000204; 1 af), 2006. QATAR���Stn. SB 1 (1) (MNCN. 16.01 / 13248; 1 af,), 2007; Stn. SBW 2 (1) (MB 29 ���000206; 1 af), 2007; Stn. SB 3 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0038; figured anterior & 1 af), 2007; Stn. SB 4 (1) (MNCN. 16.01 / 13249; 1 af), 2007; Stn. SBW 6 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0042; 1 c, 1 af), 2007; Stn. SB 7 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0039; 2 af,), 2007; Stn. SB 8 (1) (MB 29 ���000205; 1 af), 2007; Stn. SBW 9 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0043; 2 af), 2007; Stn. SB 14 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0040; 3 af), 2007; Stn. SB 15 (1) (NMW.Z.2010.037.0041; 1 af), 2007. Diagnosis. A stout species, prostomium wider than long, subtrapezoidal, with rudimentary horns. Chaetigers 1���8 with slender, smooth-edged, triangular notopodial postchaetal lamellae with pointed tips; no superior processes present. Ventral neuropodial lobes directly below chaetae in anterior thorax, postchaetal in posterior thorax. Neuropodial lamellae of first two or three chaetigers distally expanded. Chaetiger 9 similar in both rami, low ridges with short triangular lobes laterally. Thoracic chaetigers with simple capillary chaetae. Abdominal lateral lamellae sinuous leaf-shaped with pointed tips. Hooded hooks tridentate, in two groups facing vis-��-vis. Posteriorly open pouches on abdominal chaetigers. Description. A stout species; thoracic width similar to, but wider than abdomen. Complete specimen dimensions: prostomium 0.4 mm long, 0.5 mm wide; thorax (including prostomium) 1.8 mm long, 0.6 mm at maximum width (around chaetiger 6); abdomen 0.55 mm wide; total length 13.5 mm for approximately 55 chaetigers. Other material 2.5���6.5 mm for 16���23 chaetigers. Median thoracic chaetigers characteristically rounded and bulbous laterally. Prostomium wider than long (0.75���0.83 L:W ratio), subtrapezoidal; anterior margin smooth with rudimentary horns (Figures 5 B, 13 H). Two longitudinal dorsal muscular(?) ridges, anteriorly divergent and extending into the prostomial corners. Two inconspicuous outer ridges abutting inner ridges; no other obvious prostomial markings. Proboscis partially everted in one specimen (NMW.Z.2010.037.0039), oval, longitudinally ridged inferiorly. Palps retained in three specimens, arising ventrolaterally from base of prostomium; short, reaching approximately chaetiger 17. Palps papillated almost to base (non-papillated region reaching approximately chaetiger 2), 3 rows of papillae either side of an inconspicuous groove proximally, decreasing to one either side distally (papillae very long, length decreasing only at proximal end). Achaetous region behind prostomium, roughly twice the size of chaetiger 1. Notopodia of chaetigers 1���8 similar (Figures 5 C ���M); low triangular notopodial prechaetal ridges confluent with slender triangular postchaetal lamellae, terminating in pointed tips. Postchaetal lamellae decreasing in size along thorax, appearing more lateral in position from chaetiger 5. Notopodial lamellae of chaetiger 8 marginally longer than on preceding chaetigers. No superior processes (DML) observed. Neuropodial ventral lobes (VNL) initially distally expanded, decreasing in size from chaetigers 1���5; but increasing again on chaetigers 6���8; becoming cirriform, and postchaetal in posterior thorax. Neuropodial lobes (VNL) of chaetigers 1 and 2 slightly distally expanded, almost scoop like, with small pointed tips (Figures 5 D, F). Those of chaetiger 3 distally expanded to a varying degree (Figure 5 H). Chaetiger 9: lamellae similar in both rami, low pre- and postchaetal ridges. Postchaetal lamellae terminating in lateral subtriangular lobes (Figure 5 N). All thoracic chaetae simple capillaries (Figure 5 P), those of chaetigers 7 and 8 longer than on preceding chaetigers; bundles splayed distinctively (Figure 5 A). Chaetae of chaetiger 9 shorter, but not otherwise modified. Abdominal chaetigers with sharply pointed, rather sinuous leaf-shaped lateral lamellae, of about equal size in both rami; not basally constricted (Figure 5 O); no obvious postchaetal expansions. Occasional minute dorsal and ventral processes (DML and VML) observed on abdominal chaetigers, extremely difficult to see. Abdominal chaetae tridentate hooded hooks, of a similar size (Figures 5 Q���S). Hooks in two groups, main fangs vis-��-vis (Figure 5 O). Approximately eight to ten hooks per ramus in anterior abdomen, in roughly two equal groups; decreasing to six on median and posterior chaetigers. Hooks arising from definite ridge. Unpaired posteriorly open lateral pouches present, starting from approximately chaetiger 18 to posterior part of body. Pouches alternating on both sides of the body, occurring on alternate segments. Pouch location often difficult to discern due to presence of tube and condition of material. No pygidial cirri observed on complete specimen, presumed missing. Colour. Preserved specimens cream-white in alcohol, majority of material initially stained with Rose Bengal. Distinct reddish/brown pigment band present between chaetigers 5���8, faded in some specimens, although always present (Figures 5 A, 6 C). Very light Rose Bengal staining interparapodially in the abdomen. Methyl green staining weak all over, light pigmentation between chaetigers 3���5 and 7���9. Small patches of darker pigment present on thorax (Figures 6 A, B), dorsally between chaetigers 1���5, and around segment margins in posterior thorax. Ventrally, light pigmentation is present as transverse bands between chaetigers 2 and 4. Light interparapodial patches of staining in abdomen. Patches of white speckles present (Figures 5 A, 6 C) dorsally and ventrally between chaetigers 1���5; closer to mid-line in venter and strongest around chaetigers 3���4. Speckles also present ventrally along the mid-ventral line from chaetigers 8 into abdomen. Methyl green pigment persisting around white speckled areas after much of the stain has dissipated. Habitat. Found at five stations off Iran, from three different surveys, in fine sand, fine shelly sand, shelly muddy sand, and mud, 10���27 m, and at 10 stations off Qatar, from one survey, in muddy sand with shell debris, mud with shell debris, and mud, 58��� 60 m. Several specimens in distinct sediment covered tubes (NMW.Z.2010.037.0040, NMW.Z.2010.037.0042, NMW.Z.2010.037.0043). Distribution. Iran, Qatar (present study), Hong Kong (Mortimer & Mackie 2009) Remarks. The Persian Magelona cf. cincta specimens observed here share many similarities with the Hong Kong Magelona cf. cincta specimens as described by Mortimer & Mackie (2009) in possessing a pigment band in the posterior thorax, lamellar and prostomial shape, methyl green staining patterns, characteristic bulbous chaetigers in the mid-thorax and the presence of white speckled regions in the thorax and abdomen. The only perceived differences are the slightly more expanded neuropodial thoracic lamellae of chaetiger 1 in Hong Kong material (which are more scoop-shaped, possessing higher edges) and the presence of occasional minute dorsal and ventral processes in the abdomen of the Persian material. The Hong Kong material has been re-examined and odd minute projections at the inner margins of chaetal rows have been observed on a couple of specimens. The fact that even in the Persian material these processes are sporadic (even on the same specimen) suggests that this is a variable character within this species. The degree of protrusion of these processes, and hence their conspicuousness may depend on the degree of contraction of the specimen. It is possible that these processes move in and out under coelomic pressure. We believe this to be the same species as those specimens observed from Hong Kong. Both the Iranian and Hong Kong material differed from the type material, in having less distally expanded neuropodial lobes of the first three chaetigers. However, the type specimen is much larger than either the Iranian or Hong Kong material examined. It is possible that the perceived differences seen here may be due to size. Therefore, more material in a better condition, and of a comparable size from the type locality needs to examined before any conclusions can be made. FIGURE 5. Magelona cf. cincta (A, NMW.Z.2010.037.0038; B, NMW.Z.2010.037.0041; C ���S, dissected specimen NMW.Z.2010.037.0037): (A) anterior, dorsal view, showing thoracic pigment band; (B) prostomium, dorsal view (note that right-hand side is slightly folded upwards); (C, E, G, I ���O) chaetigers 1 ���9, 12 respectively (anterior views); (D, F, H) neuropodia of chaetigers 1���3 respectively (dorsal views); (P) thoracic capillary chaeta; (Q ���S) tridentate abdominal hooded hooks from 13 th chaetiger (oblique frontal, oblique lateral and lateral views respectively) (Q, hood omitted)., Published as part of Mortimer, Kate, Cass��, Susanna, Martin, Daniel & Gil, Jo��o, 2012, New records and new species of Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from the Arabian Peninsula, with a re-description of Magelona pacifica and a discussion on the magelonid buccal region, pp. 1-43 in Zootaxa 3331 on pages 15-17, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.208658, {"references":["Ehlers, E. (1908) Die bodensassigen Anneliden aus dem Sammlungen der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer \" Valdivia \" 1898 - 1899, 16, 1 - 167.","Mortimer, K. & Mackie, A. S. Y. (2009) Magelonidae (Polychaeta) from Hong Kong, China; with discussions on related species and redescriptions of three species. In: Maciolek, N. J. & Blake, J. A. (Eds), Proceedings of the Ninth International Polychaete Conference. Zoosymposia, 2, 179 - 199."]}
- Published
- 2012
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
39. Haplosyllis ingensicola , Lattig, Martin & Aguado 2010
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia, Martin, Daniel, and Martín, Guillermo San
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Haplosyllis ingensicola ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Haplosyllis ,Biodiversity ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Haplosyllis ingensicola Lattig, Martin & Aguado, 2010 Figs 10A���H, 11A���D Haplosyllis ingensicola Lattig et al. 2010: 792-794, figs 3-5. Examined material. AUSTRALIA: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 4 specimens AM W36618, Goss Passage, Beacon Island, 28��25'30''S 113��47'E, 8 m, dead plates of Acropora, covered in coralline algae, coll. P. A. Hutchings, 22 May 1994. 60 specimens AM W36619 (2 specimens mounted for SEM), Lafoutaine Island, Kimberleys, 14��10'S 125��47'E, 15 m, coll. P. A. Hutchings, 19 July 1988. 105 specimens AM W36620, Lafoutaine Island, Kimberleys, 14��10'S 125��47'E, 15 m, coll. P. A. Hutchings, 19 July 1988. Description. Body fragile, translucent, medium to long sized, 7���13 mm long for 37���53 segments (25���35 in juveniles), widest at proventricle segments, gradually tapering towards posterior end (Fig. 11A); with dark brown pigment pattern on palps, prostomium and anterior segments (even preserved), disappearing at proventricle level, becoming pale cream. Prostomium subpentagonal, wider than long, with two pairs of small red eyes in trapezoidal arrangement (Fig. 10A). Median antenna inserted on middle of prostomium, twice as long (29���58 articles) as lateral ones (13���23 articles); lateral antennae inserted on anterior margin of prostomium. Palps slightly longer than prostomium, broadly triangular, fused at their bases but separated all along their length (Fig. 10A). Sensory organs of ventral side of palps, pharyngeal papillae and nuchal organs not seen. Pharynx pale orange, extending through 6���8 segments; with large anterior tooth, surrounded by crown of about 10 soft papillae and inner ring of cilia. Proventricle cylindrical, pale brown, extending through 3���6 segments, with 33���43 muscle cell rows (Fig. 10A). Peristomium well defined, shorter than subsequent segments. Antennae, tentacular cirri and dorsal cirri long, slender, whip shaped. Dorsal tentacular cirri twice as long (21���33 articles) as ventral ones. Anterior dorsal cirri very long (some twice as long as body width), with a well-defined length pattern: first longer than remaining ones (32���63 articles), second shorter (as long as body width, for 12���20 articles), third and fourth intermediate, longer than second (19���24 and 32���42 articles, respectively), fifth shorter (14���24 articles), sixth intermediate (24���42) (Fig. 10A). Median cirri alternating long (17���41) and short (11���18), slightly decreasing in length towards posterior end (Fig. 10B). Ventral cirri digitiform, anterior ones longer and wider than median and posterior ones, slightly longer than parapodial lobes. Chaetae all bidentate, 2���3 per parapodia, apical teeth long, distal one slightly shorter than proximal tooth; anterior chaetae (Figs 10C; 11B) with 2���3 rows of short spines on US of MF; LMF similar in length than SW; MJP short and curved. Median and posterior chaetae (Figs 10D, E; 11C���D) with short, eroded spines on US of MF; LMF longer than SW; MJP straight. Anterior parapodia with 1���2 aciculae, straight (Fig. 10G), and with curved tip bent at 90�� (Fig. 10F); one acicula in median and posterior parapodia, broader than chaetae, with curved tip bent at 90�� (Fig. 10H). Pygidium with two long anal cirri (13���15 articles). Reproduction. Not known. Remarks. Haplosyllis ingensicola is easily identified by the whip-shaped cirri, longer than body width, the brown pigment pattern on anterior region and the median and posterior broad acicula with curved tip. The apparently cannibalistic behaviour reported for the Indonesian population (Lattig et al. 2010), has not been observed within the Australian one. Distribution. AUSTRALIA (Western Australia); INDONESIA (Java and Sulawesi)., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia, Martin, Daniel & Mart��n, Guillermo San, 2010, Syllinae (Syllidae: Polychaeta) from Australia. Part 4. The genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1879, pp. 1-36 in Zootaxa 2552 (1) on pages 17-19, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.2552.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/5303431, {"references":["Lattig, P., Martin, D. & Aguado, M. T. (2010) Four new species of Haplosyllis (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Indonesia. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 90 (4), 789 - 798."]}
- Published
- 2010
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
40. Haplosyllis crassicirrata Aguado, San Martin & Nishi 2006
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia, Martin, Daniel, and Martín, Guillermo San
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Haplosyllis crassicirrata ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Haplosyllis ,Biodiversity ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Haplosyllis crassicirrata Aguado, San Mart��n & Nishi, 2006 Figs 4A���G, 5A���F Haplosyllis crassicirrata Aguado et al. 2006: 10, fig. 1���2.��� Lattig & Martin, 2009: 16, fig. 10. Examined material. AUSTRALIA: NEW SOUTH WALES. 250 specimens AM W36621 (plus 4 specimens mounted for SEM), Jervis Bay, half way along west side of Bowen Island, 35��06'55''S 150��45'55''E, grey sponge with orange flesh, large oscular chamber, 8 m, coll. G. Wilson and P. Serov, 7 Dec 1993. Comparative material: Japan, Boso Peninsula. Holotype (MNCN 16.01 /10135); 2 Paratypes (MNCN 16.01 /10136). Description. Body fragile, translucent, small, 2 ��� 3 mm long, for 20���26 segments (14���18 in juveniles or smaller specimens), 0.4���0.8 mm wide excluding parapodia, (Figs 4A, E; 5A), widest at proventricle level; pale yellow when preserved, with orange marks in dorsal cirri and anterior or posterior ends (probably from host sponge, not seen in all specimens); granulose dorsally. Prostomium subpentagonal to oval similar in width and length (Fig. 4A, E), with two pairs of small red eyes in trapezoidal arrangement. Median antennae inserted on middle of prostomium, between eyes (9���21 articles); lateral antennae on anterior margin (6���13 articles). Palps long, broadly triangular, fused at their bases but separated all along their length, with sensory organs as rows of cilia on ventral upper side (Fig. 5C). Pharynx orange, 0.18���0.35 mm long, extending through 3���4 segments; with large anterior tooth surrounded by crown of 10 soft papillae and inner ring of cilia (Fig. 5B); sometimes with trepan of about 10 small triangular teeth; upper ventral side of papillae with groups of cilia making up the sensory organs. Proventricle cylindrical, dark-brown, 0.25���0.32 mm long, 0.2���0.6 mm wide, extending through 2���4 segments, with 22���26 muscle cell rows (Fig. 4A, E). Peristomium well defined, shorter than subsequent segments. Dorsal tentacular cirri (10���13 articles), twice as long as ventral ones. First three dorsal cirri always slender, similar to antennae and tentacular cirri; subsequent ones broad (Fig. 4A) or slender (Fig. 4E). Anterior dorsal cirri long, with a well-defined length pattern: first long (exceed body width, with 12���20 articles); second short (4���9 articles), third and fourth progressively longer (5���12 and 7���13 articles respectively); fifth short (3���12 articles), six long (7���12). Median cirri long, all equal in length (6���14 articles), longest cirri exceed body width, gradually decreasing in length toward posterior end (1���5 articles) (Fig. 4B). Ventral cirri digitiform, anterior ones similar or shorter than parapodial lobes (Fig. 4C, 5D), median cirri and posterior ones small (Fig. 4D). Chaetae all bidentate, 2���4 per parapodia, equal throughout, anterior ones slightly smaller; LMF similar in length to SW; MJP short, curved; denticles of US of MF absent or very short; apical teeth equal in length, long, well separated (Figs 4F, 5E���F). All parapodia with one acicula, with curved, upwards-directed tip (Fig. 4G). Reproduction. The reproductive bodies of Haplosyllis crassicirrata are cephalic stolons. About 15 females with 26���31 segments have the last 12���14 segments modified into reproductive bodies, with cirri smooth or with 2���3 articles. Cirri from non-reproductive segments were slender, some with broad articles at their tips. Distribution. AUSTRALIA (New South Wales); JAPAN (Boso Peninsula). Remarks. The studied specimens showed different cirri shapes, from all broad to almost all slender (but still a few broad). As the types were juveniles having most cirri broad and the studied specimens have almost all cirri slender, we suggest that the differences in the presence of broad cirri are linked to the ontogeny. In turn, the chaetae and aciculae were identical in all studied specimens, this being a more robust character for the identification of H. crassicirrata. The presence of the ciliated sensory organs on palps and pharyngeal papillae is here reported for the first time in Haplosyllis crassicirrata., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia, Martin, Daniel & Mart��n, Guillermo San, 2010, Syllinae (Syllidae: Polychaeta) from Australia. Part 4. The genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1879, pp. 1-36 in Zootaxa 2552 (1) on pages 6-10, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.2552.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/5303431, {"references":["Aguado, M. T., San Martin, G. & Nishi, E. (2006) Two new species of Syllidae (Polychaeta) from Japan. Pages 1 - 368 in Sarda, R., San Martin, G. Lopez, E., Martin D. & George, D. (Ed.) Scientia Marina, Scientific Advances in Polychaete Research.","Lattig, P. & Martin, D. (2009) A Taxonomic revision of the genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1887 (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae). Zootaxa, 2220, 1 - 40."]}
- Published
- 2010
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
41. Haplosyllis tenhovei Lattig, Martin & Aguado 2010
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia, Martin, Daniel, and Martín, Guillermo San
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Haplosyllis tenhovei ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Haplosyllis ,Biodiversity ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Haplosyllis tenhovei Lattig, Martin & Aguado, 2010 Figs 18A���F, 19A���F, 20A���G, 21A���D Haplosyllis tenhovei Lattig et al. 2010: 795-796, fig. 8. Examined material. AUSTRALIA. NEW SOUTH WALES: 10 specimens AM W26629 (plus 2 specimens mounted for SEM), south west of Bowen Island, 35��7'49''S 150��45'77''E, ramified yellow sponge, 5 m, 8 December 1993, coll. P. Servo and G.D. Wilson. 2 specimens AM W26336, north east of Bowen Island, Jervis Bay, 35��07'S, 150��46'E, 36 m, clumps of ascidians and bryozoans, 31 May 1987, coll. P.A. Hutchings and P.B. Berents. 3 specimens AM W36598 (plus 1 specimen mounted for SEM), 150 meters east of Burrill Rocks, 35��23'25''S 150��28'11''E, 17 m, dead bryozoan encrusted with algae, 1 May 1997, coll. K.B. Attwood. TASMAN SEA: 5 specimens AM W36599, Taupo Seamount, 33��14'13''S 156��10'41''E, 133 m, coll. J.K. Lowry, 2 May 1989. Haplosyllis cf. tenhovei: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 1 specimen AM W36600 (plus 1 specimen mounted for SEM), Goss Passage, Beacon Island, 28��25'30''S 113��47''E, 33 m, dead coral, embedded in fine sediment, coll. P.A. Hutchings, 23 May 1994. 1 specimen AM W36616, north end of Long Island, Goss Passage, 28��27'54''S 113��46'18''E, 6 m, dead coral covered in coralline and brown algae, coll. C. Bryce, 22 May 1994. NORTHERN TERRITORY: 1 specimen AM W36617 Darwin Harbour, East Point, 12��24'36''S 130��39'57"E, 10 m, dead coral rubble and algal washings, coll. P.A. Hutchings, 17 July 1993. Description. (Measurements in parenthesis for juveniles). Body strong, small, 3���6 (1.5���1.7) mm long for 25���42 (17���20) segments, less than 1 mm wide excluding parapodia, widest at proventricular level (Fig. 19C); pale yellow, with some cirri having brownish round spots. Dorsal granules and pigment pattern absent. Prostomium subpentagonal, wider than long, with two pairs of small red eyes in trapezoidal arrangement (Fig. 18A���B). Median antennae inserted on middle of prostomium, between eyes, twice as long as lateral ones, with 16���29 (10���16) articles; lateral antennae inserted on anterior prostomial margin, with 10���16 (6���13) articles. Palps long, slightly longer than prostomium, broadly triangular, fused at their bases. Sensory organs of palps and nuchal organs not seen. Pharynx orange, extending through 5���7 (3���4) segments; with large triangular anterior tooth, crown of about 10 soft papillae and inner ring of cilia (Fig. 19B). Ventral side of papillae with rows of cilia making up sensory organs. Proventricle cylindrical, dark-brown, long, extending through 6���10 (3���6) segments, with 35���40 (22���26) muscle cell rows. Peristomium well defined, shorter than subsequent segments. Dorsal tentacular cirri longer than ventral ones, with 15���24 (10���17) and 7���18 (3���13) articles respectively. Antennae, tentacular cirri and dorsal cirri similar, long and slender. Anterior dorsal cirri long, with a well-defined length pattern: first cirri slightly longer than body width, longer than remaining ones, with 21���29 (12���18) articles, second shorter, 9��� 13 (3���7) articles, third and fourth intermediate, gradually longer than second, with 11���19 (3���10) and 15���26 (2���13) articles respectively, fifth shorter, 9���15 (2���7) articles, sixth intermediate, with 14���23 (3���8) articles. Thereafter, cirri slightly alternating with long (13���24 articles, almost as long as body width) and short (6���15 articles), gradually decreasing in length towards posterior end. Ventral cirri digitiform, anterior ones as long as parapodial lobes; median and posterior ones shorter. Chaetae all bidentate, 2���3 per parapodia, similar throughout, anterior ones slightly smaller (Figs 18C; 19D); LMF similar in length to SW; MJP short, curved and relatively long; US of MF with a long denticle and few smaller ones toward the tip; apical teeth similar in length, long, well separated (Figs 18D; 19E���F). Aciculae straight broad, with rounded tips (Fig. 18E���F), 2���3 per anterior and median parapodia, one in the posterior end. Pygidium not seen. Reproduction. Not known. Distribution. INDONESIA (Komodo and Karang Kaledupa Islands). AUSTRALIA (New South Wales, Western Australia and Northern Territory). Remarks. The original description of H. tenhovei is here complemented with the description of the long denticles on the US of MF, the sensory organs on the pharyngeal papillae and the nuchal organs. Some small specimens, likely juveniles, (AM W36629) had shorter and broader cirri than those of adults, but all chaetal features remain identical (Figs 18B; 19A, D). Haplosyllis tenhovei resembles H. sandii sp. nov., in body shape and cirri length, but differs in the acicular shape (straight in the former, with curved tip in the latter). A few specimens are herein considered as Haplosyllis cf. tenhovei (see examined material) due their slender bodies (Figs 20A���B; 21A), but more importantly, by the presence of a small slender, simple chaetae on the posterior last 1���4 segments (Figs 20E; 21D), resembling that described by Imajima (1966, fig. 43f), and never seen in any other Haplosyllis species. However, those specimens are not considered as a new species due to their chaetal and acicular shapes (Figs 20C���D, F���G; 21B���C) being very similar to those of H. tenhovei, the most characteristic features of the species. Furthermore, the length of their dorsal cirri, pharynx and proventricle, agree with the same measured values in specimens of H. tenhovei., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia, Martin, Daniel & Mart��n, Guillermo San, 2010, Syllinae (Syllidae: Polychaeta) from Australia. Part 4. The genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1879, pp. 1-36 in Zootaxa 2552 (1) on pages 28-32, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.2552.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/5303431, {"references":["Lattig, P., Martin, D. & Aguado, M. T. (2010) Four new species of Haplosyllis (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Indonesia. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 90 (4), 789 - 798.","Imajima, M. (1966) The Syllidae (Polychateous Annelids) from Japan (IV) Syllinae (1). Publications of the seto Marine Biological Laboratory, XIV, 218 - 252."]}
- Published
- 2010
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
42. Haplosyllis imajimai Lattig & Martin & Mart��n 2010, sp. nov
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia, Martin, Daniel, and Mart��n, Guillermo San
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Haplosyllis ,Haplosyllis imajimai ,Biodiversity ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Haplosyllis imajimai sp. nov. Figs 8A���I, 9A���F Examined material. AUSTRALIA. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: HOLOTYPE, AM W14020 and 2 PARATYPES AM W36593: American Bay, Kangaroo Island, 35��47'08''S 137��46'31''E, coll. by H. Duyverman, 1976. Additional material examined: VICTORIA: 2 specimens AM W29550, Corio Bay, Port Phillip Bay, 38��06'S 144��25'55"E, 5m, silty clay, coll. Marine Science Lab, Corio Bay Benthic survey, 1 July 1987. NORTHERN TERRITORY: 1 specimen AM W36594, Darwin Harbour, East Point, 12��24'36''S 130��39'57''E, 7���10 m, dead coral rubble and algal washings, coll. P.A. Hutchings, 17 July 1993. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 1 specimen AM W36595, Goss passage, Beacon Island, 28��25'30''S 113��47'E, 20 m, dead plates of Acropora, covered in coralline algae, coll P.A Hutchings, 20 May 1994. 2 specimens AM W36597, Lafontaine Island, Kimberleys, 14��10'S 125��47'E, 15m, coll. P.A. Hutchings, 19 July 1988. 4 specimens AM W36596 (plus 1 mounted for SEM), Beacon Island, off south end of Long Island, 28��28'48''S 113��46'18''E, 5 m, dead coral substrate, covered in coralline algae, coll. P.A. Hutchings, 25 May 1994. 1 incomplete specimen AM W28398, west of Penguin Island, Warnbro Sound, 32��18'S 115��41'E, 5m, reef substrate, algae and sponge, coll. P.A. Hutchings, 21 March 1993. 1 specimen AM W28378, Wallabi group of Islands, 28��24'07''S 113��47'23''E, 40 m, medium sand with scallops, rubble, coll. P.A. Hutchings, 28 May 1994. Description. (Measurements in parenthesis from additional material examined) Body robust, broadest in proventricular segments, gradually tapering towards posterior end (Fig. 9A). Holotype and two paratypes measuring 2.6���2.8 (1.4���2.7) cm long, with 107���117 (46���126) segments. Body pale yellow when preserved, with round, small dorsal granules; dorsal pigment pattern absent. Prostomium subpentagonal, wider than longer, with two pairs of small red eyes in trapezoidal arrangement (Fig. 8A). Median antennae broken in most observed specimens, inserted on middle of prostomium between eyes (about 30 articles); lateral antennae inserted on anterior prostomial margin, with 20���25 articles. Palps longer than prostomium, broadly triangular, fused at their bases but separated all along their length. Sensory organs of palps and nuchal organs not seen. Pharynx orange, broad, difficult to see, extending through 8 (7) segments, with a long triangular anterior tooth, surrounded by crown of about 10 soft papillae and inner ring of cilia; ventral-upper side of papillae with cilia (Fig. 9B). Proventricle very long, cylindrical, dark-brown, as wide as pharynx, extending through 16 (9���11) segments; number of muscle cell rows impossible to assess. Peristomium well defined, shorter than subsequent segments, difficult to see when pharynx everted (Fig. 8A). Dorsal tentacular cirri longer than ventral ones, with 32 (25���35) articles. Antennae, tentacular cirri and dorsal cirri similar. Dorsal cirri slender, first cirri longer than remaining ones, with 33 (30���31) articles; thereafter, all similar in length (19���30 articles), longest ones slightly exceeding body width. Ventral cirri digitiform, anterior ones broad, as long as parapodial lobes (Figs 8B, 9C); median and posterior ventral cirri small, slender, much shorter than parapodial lobes (Fig. 8C). Chaetae all bidentate, 3���5 per parapodia, with few short denticles on US of MF; anterior chaetae with short main fang (Figs 8D, 9D); median and posterior chaetae with MJP straight, long; LMF similar in length or longer than SW, apical teeth short, similar in size, with narrow angle (Figs 8G, 9E���F). Most aciculae straight, some with curved tip bent at 90��; 4���5 in anterior and median parapodia (Fig. 8E���F); 2���3 in posterior parapodia (Fig. 8H���I). Pygidium not seen. Reproduction. Not known. Remarks. Haplosyllis imajimai sp. nov., is characterized by its robust, broad and long body, 3���5 aciculae per parapodia, and the long MJP. The new species differs from H. djiboutiensis in its robust body, the median cirri (which are all similar in length) and chaetal form (which are all similar in each parapodia). H. imajimai sp. nov., resembles H. cf. spongicola in body robustness, but the latter has a clear alternation in cirri length, the MJP is curved and short, and it usually have one acicula in posterior parapodia. The Mediterranean Haplosyllis spongicola resembles H. imajimai sp. nov., in body size and acicular shape. However, in the former, the anterior and median chaetae have different morphologies (all similar in H. imajimai sp. nov.). In turn, H. uncinigera differs from H. imajimai sp. nov., in the shape of median and posterior chaetae (see below). Distribution. AUSTRALIA (Victoria, Western Australia and Northern Territory). Etymology. The species name refers to Dr. Minoru Imajima from the National Science Museum, Tokyo, who studied the syllids from Japan and significantly contributed to the knowledge on the whole family., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia, Martin, Daniel & Mart��n, Guillermo San, 2010, Syllinae (Syllidae: Polychaeta) from Australia. Part 4. The genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1879, pp. 1-36 in Zootaxa 2552 (1) on pages 14-17, DOI: 10.11646/zootaxa.2552.1.1, http://zenodo.org/record/5303431
- Published
- 2010
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
43. Haplosyllis anthogorgicola Utinomi 1956
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia and Martin, Daniel
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Haplosyllis anthogorgicola ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Haplosyllis ,Biodiversity ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Haplosyllis anthogorgicola Utinomi, 1956 (Fig. 5 A���H) Haplosyllis anthogorgicola Utinomi, 1956: 247 ���249, fig. 2.��� Imajima & Hartman, 1964: 119 ���120.��� Imajima, 1966: 220.��� Licher, 1999: 280.��� Martin et al. 2002: 470 ���473, figs 11���13. Material examined. Southern Japan. 27 Syntypes, SMBL 161, Seto, Wakayana, Honsy����� coll. H. Utinomi. Diagnosis. Anterior dorsal cirri long, after proventricle short, with 1���6 articles (Fig. 5 A). Anterior chaetae with MF deeply incised near its apex and deep fold opposite to MF (Fig. 5 C); chaetae from chaetigers 6���7 with less pronounced incision (Fig. 5 E); midbody chaetae without such incision (Fig. 5 G). One acicula per parapodium, anterior and medium aciculae with slightly curved tip upwards directed, posterior acicula broad, with a 90 �� bent tip (Fig. 5 D, F, H). Reproduction. Unknown. Host. The gorgonian Anthogorgia bocki. Details on the association in Martin et al. (2002). Distribution. Southern Japan., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia & Martin, Daniel, 2009, A taxonomic revision of the genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1887 (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 2220 on pages 10-11, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.190035, {"references":["Utinomi, H. (1956) On the so-called \" Umi-utiwa \", a peculiar flabellate gorgonacean, with notes on a syllidean polychaete commensal. Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, 2, 243 - 250.","Imajima, M. & Hartman, O. (1964) The Polychaetous annelids of Japan, Part I. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, occasional paper, 26, 1 - 452.","Imajima, M. (1966) The Syllidae (Polychateous Annelids) from Japan (IV) Syllinae (1). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, XIV, 218 - 252.","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336.","Martin, D., Nunez, J., Riera, R. & Gil, J. (2002) On the associations between Haplosyllis (Polychaeta, Syllidae) and gorgonians (Cnidaria, Octocorallaria), with the description of a new species. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society, 77, 455 - 477."]}
- Published
- 2009
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
44. Trypanosyllis dollfusi Fauvel 1933, new comb
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia and Martin, Daniel
- Subjects
Trypanosyllis dollfusi ,Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Trypanosyllis ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Trypanosyllis dollfusi (Fauvel, 1933) new comb. Syllis (Haplosyllis) depressa var. dollfusi Fauvel, 1933: 50 ���52, fig. 4. Haplosyllis dollfusi.― Licher, 1999: 280 Type material. Not known. Remarks. Fauvel (1933) described this subspecies based on Red Sea specimens. As mentioned above, the main species was transferred to Trypanosyllis by Imajima (1966). Licher (1999) raised H. depressa var. dollfusi to the range of species status within genus Haplosyllis. As L��pez et al. (1996) mentioned, this subspecies is more similar to Trypanosyllis depressa, than to any species of Haplosyllis. Therefore, we consider it as belonging to Trypanosyllis., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia & Martin, Daniel, 2009, A taxonomic revision of the genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1887 (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 2220 on page 37, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.190035, {"references":["Fauvel, P. (1933) Annelides Polychetes. In: Mission Robert Ph. Dollfus en Egypte. Memorie Institute Egypte, 21, 31 - 83.","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336.","Imajima, M. (1966) The Syllidae (Polychateous Annelids) from Japan (IV) Syllinae (1). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, XIV, 218 - 252.","Lopez, E., San Martin, G. & Jimenez, M. (1996) Syllinae (Syllidae, Annelida, Polychaeta) from Chafarinas Islands (Alboran Sea, W. Mediterranean). Miscelania Zoologica, 19.1, 105 - 118."]}
- Published
- 2009
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
45. Haplosyllis spongicola Grube 1855
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia and Martin, Daniel
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Haplosyllis ,Biodiversity ,Haplosyllis spongicola ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Haplosyllis spongicola (Grube, 1855) (Figs 17 A���C, 18 A���D) Syllis spongicola Grube, 1855: 104 ���105.��� Marion & Bobretzky, 1875: 24 ���25, fig. 7 Syllis setubalensis McIntosh, 1885: 195 ���196, pl. 30,fig. 5; pl. 33, fig. 6; pl. 15 a fig. 16���17. Syllis spongicola tentaculata.��� Marion, 1879: 19 ���20, fig. 4 a���c.��� Cognetti, 1955: 1 ���3, fig. 1 b.��� Cognetti, 1957: 10 ���14, fig. 2 b.��� Cognetti, 1961: 294. ? Syllis spongicola tentaculata.��� Imajima, 1966: 221 ���222, fig. 38 i ���n. ? Haplosyllis spongicola.��� Sun, 1996: 20 ���21, fig. 3. Haplosyllis spongicola.��� Amoureux, 1977: 398.��� Campoy, 1982: 363 ���365, in part.��� Hartmann-Schr��der, 1981: 27, fig. 3���4.��� San Mart��n, 2003: 323 ���325, fig. 179 a, c, d y 180, in part.��� Lattig et al. 2007: 554 ���556, figs 1���2. Geminosyllis sp. 1 Lattig et al. 2007: 564 ���566, figs 7���8. Non: Haplosyllis spongicola.��� Fauvel, 1923: 257���258, fig. 95.��� Imajima, 1966: 220���221 fig. 38, a���h. Non: Syllis spongicola spongicola.��� Cognetti, 1955: 1���3, Fig. 1 a.��� Cognetti, 1957: 10���14, fig. 2 a.��� Cognetti, 1961: 294. Examined material. Lesina, Adriatic Sea, Mediterranean. Syntype MPW 399. Coast of Portugal, Holotype of Syllis setubalensis BMNH, 850 m. Additional material: Portugal, personal collection of Joao Gil (CEAB ��� CSIC): SEPLAT 6: sta. 15 (1) 65 m; sta. 21 (1) 70 m; sta. 22 (4) 52 m; sta. 25 (1) 61 m; sta. 54 (3) 58 m; sta. 55 (1) 64 m; sta. 89 (1) 490 m. SEPLAT 7: sta. 96 (1) 112 m; sta. 105 (1) 27 5m; sta. 149 (2) 113 m; sta. 175 (5) 202 m; sta. 179 (1) 120 m; sta. 212 (1) 147 m; sta. 220 (2) 28 m; sta. 223 (1) 38 m; sta. 231 (1) 32 m; sta. 289 (1) 338 m. Las Aguilas, Murcia, Spain, 28 m (2). South of Ireland. 20 specimens MNHN, 40 specimens MNHN. Continental slope, 850���1000 m, Expedition Thalassa 1973. W Mediterranean: 2 specimens MNCN 16.01 / 10591, Rhizomes of Posidonia oceanica, 5 m, October 1989; 2 specimens MNCN 16.01 / 10588, on Eunicella singularis, 9 m, August 1984; 6 specimens MNCN 16.01 / 10592, on algae Udotea petiolata, 12 m, April 1985; 2 specimens MNCN 16.01 / 10594, on Paramuricea clavata, 23 m, April 1983; 1 specimen 16.01 /10593, 1 specimen 16.01 / 10587 on Paramuricea clavata, 15 m, August 1984. Cabo de Creus, coll. Carmen Al��s. E Atlantic, Cantabric Sea: 8 specimens MNCN 16.01 / 10550, 114 ��� 116 m, 43 �� 40 ��� 59 ������N 7 ��04��� 35 ������O. 3 specimens MNCN 16.01 / 10553, 146 m, 43 �� 40 ��� 27 ������N 5 �� 13.36 '0. Expedition Fauna Ib��rica, June 1991. Diagnosis. Body robust, variable in size, up to 60 mm long, for 35���110 chaetigers. Dorsal cirri long, whip-shaped. Chaetae all bidentate, anterior ones broad, US of MF with small denticles (Fig. 18 A, C). Midbody chaetae variable, depending on size of specimens: in small worms (about 0.5 mm long), MJP straight and long; LMF similar than SW (Fig. 18 D). In longer worms (> 1 cm long), MJP short and curved; LMF longer than SW (Fig. 18 B). Host. Found in association with different sponge species (L��pez et al. 2001), but more likely a specialized predator than a true sponge symbiont (Martin & Britayev, 1998). Distribution. Mediterranean and European Atlantic waters. Also reported from the Indo-Pacific (Imajima 1966; Lee & Rho 1994; Sun 1996), but this material need to be rechecked. Recorded from 5 to 1000 m. Remarks. Observing the pharynx under SEM, we have found a variety of anterior margins ranging from those with smooth, to those with well defined trepans, either with small apparently eroded teeth (Fig. 17 A), or with blunt, to triangular teeth (Fig. 17 B). Sometimes, pharyngeal margins are impossible to distinguish due the presence of a densely ciliated ring (Fig. 17 C). When present, teeth may occupy the whole pharyngeal margin or only a semicircle (usually opposite to the long anterior tooth). Haplosyllis spongicola show different chaetal morphologies in anterior and midbody chaetae, as well as in small and large worms (Fig. 18 A���D). Small worms (about 5 mm in length) have small denticles on US of MF, and LMF is similar to SW in all chaetae; long specimens (i.e. more than 10 mm length) have a long LMF. These variations may reflect the existence of an allometric variability. The same occurs with the shape of cirri, which may vary from long, broad to very long whip-shaped. Typically, the largest worms have more whipshaped cirri. Haplosyllis spongicola has a variable ecological signal. Its bathymetric range is very wide (from shallow to very deep waters), and has been collected in different types of hard substrata, in association with gorgonian fields, algal mats, calcareous algae crusts or Posidonia meadows. Although it has been reported from inside sponges, the worm are found solitary or in low numbers and the sponges seem not to be hosts but a source of food. Contrary to other Haplosyllis species, which are strict endosymbionts found in large quantities inside their sponge hosts (Martin & Britayev 1998). The specimens reported as Geminosyllis sp. 1 in Lattig et al. (2007) fits within the morphological variability of H. spongicola and, thus, are here considered as the same species. Similarly, the examination of the holotype of H. setubalensis and additional material from Portugal (30���330 m) and the Thalassa 1973 expedition (Atlantic coast of France, 1000 m) allowed us to confirm the synonymy of this species with H. spongicola, as previously reported by Licher (1999)., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia & Martin, Daniel, 2009, A taxonomic revision of the genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1887 (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 2220 on pages 25-27, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.190035, {"references":["Grube, A. (1855) Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden. Archives Fur Naturgeschichte, 26, 71 - 118.","Marion, A. F. & Bobretzky, N. (1875) Etude des Annelides du Golfe de Marseille. Annuals Scientia Naturae Zoology, 6, 1 - 106.","McIntosh, W. C. (1885) Report on the Annelida Polychaeta collected by the H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 - 1876. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1872 - 76, 12, 1 - 554.","Marion, A. F. (1879) Draguages au large de Marseille. Annals of Scientia Naturae, 8, 1 - 48.","Cognetti, G. (1955) Ricerche su Sillidi del Golfo di Napoli. IV. Osservazoni su specie criptiche e su nuove sotto - specie geografiche ed ecologiche. Publicazioni della Stazione Zoologica di Napoli, 26, 1 - 11.","Cognetti, G. (1957) I Sillidi del Golfo di Napoli. Publicazioni della Stazione Zoologica di Napoli, 1 - 100.","Cognetti, G. (1961) Les Syllidiens des cotes de Bretagne. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 2, 291 - 312.","Imajima, M. (1966) The Syllidae (Polychateous Annelids) from Japan (IV) Syllinae (1). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, XIV, 218 - 252.","Sun, R. (1996) Studies on Syllidae and Nereidae (Polychaeta) from Nansha Islands. In: Zhuang, Y. C. (Ed.) Studies on Marine fauna and flora and biogeography of the Nansha Islands and Neighboring waters II., China Ocean Press, Beijing.","Amoureux, L. (1977) Annelides polychetes errantes recueillies sur les pentes du talus continental, a l'entree de la manche, avec description de deux especes nouvelles. Campagne 1973 de la Thalassa. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 18, 391 - 411.","Campoy, A. (1982) Fauna de Espana. Fauna de Anelidos Poliquetos de la Peninsula Iberica 1 y 2. Publicaciones de la Universidad de Navarra. Serie Zoologica, 7, 1 - 781.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1981) Die Polychaeten der Fahrten 11, 19, 21 und 26 (1967 - 1972) von F. S. \" Meteor \" in das Gebiet zwischen dem Golf von Biscaya und dem Auftriebsgebiet vor Westafrika. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse, Reihe D., 33, 23 - 36.","Martin, D., Britayev, T. A., San Martin, G. & Gil, J. (2003) Inter-population variability and character description in the sponge-associated Haplosyllis spongicola complex (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Hydrobiologia, 496, 145 - 162.","Lattig, P., San Martin, G. & Martin, D. (2007) Taxonomic and morphometric analyses of the Haplosyllis spongicola complex (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Spanish seas, with re-description of the type species and descriptions of two new species. Scientia Marina, 71, 551 - 570.","Fauvel, P. (1923) Polychetes Errantes. In: Le Chevalier (Eds) Faune of France vol. 5. Paris, pp. 488.","Lopez, E., Britayev, T. A., Martin, D. & San Martin, G. (2001) New symbiotic associations involving Syllidae (Annelida: Polychaeta), with taxonomic and biological remarks on Pionosyllis magnifica and Syllis cf. armillaris. Journal of Marine Biological Association U. K., 81, 399 - 409.","Martin, D. & Britayev, T. A. (1998) Symbiotic Polychaetes: Review of known species. Oceanographic Marine Biology Annual Review, 36, 217 - 340.","Lee, J. W. & Rho, B. J. (1994) Systematic Studies on Syllidae (Annelida, Polychaeta) from the South Sea and the East Sea in Korea. The Korean Journal of Systematic Zoology, 10, 131 - 144.","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336."]}
- Published
- 2009
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
46. Haplosyllis cratericola Buzhinskaja 1990
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia and Martin, Daniel
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Haplosyllis cratericola ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Haplosyllis ,Biodiversity ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Haplosyllis cratericola Buzhinskaja, 1990 (Fig. 11 A���F) Syllis (Haplosyllis) cratericola Buzhinskaja, 1990: 25 ���27, fig. 4. Haplosyllis cratericola.��� Licher, 1999: 280. Type material. Russia. Kurile Archipelago, Yankichi Island, Kratemaia Bay. Holotype ZISP 1 / 47543. coll. Kamenef. Expedition Institute Biology of Sea, from muddy-gravels, 5 m, August 1985. (Observed by Dr. Gagaev, invertebrate curator of ZISP). Description. Holotype broken in two pieces; anterior part broad, length 16 mm, width 3 mm, for 32 chaetigers; medium body fragment width 28 mm, for 28 chaetigers (Fig. 11 A, C). Yellow-pale. Prostomium subpentagonal, wider than long, with two pairs of small eyes in trapezoidal arrangement. Antennae long and slender, median antenna on medium of prostomium, with 40 articles; lateral antennae on anterior margin of prostomium, about 27 articles. Palps long, broadly triangular, divergent all along their length. Cilia on palps and nuchal organs not seen. Pharynx extending about 10 segments, anteriorly with large sharp tooth and crown of 10 soft papillae; cilia on papillae not seen. Proventricle long, extending about 11 segments. Peristomium well defined, shorter than subsequent ones. Dorsal and ventral tentacular cirri very long (40 and 22 articles, respectively). Dorsal cirri slender, similar to antennae and tentacular cirri; anterior cirri long (about 50 articles), midbody cirri shorter (30���35 articles). Ventral cirri digitiform, not longer than parapodial lobes (Fig. 11 B). Chaetae all bidentate (Fig. 11 D���E); from midbody parapodia onwards: LMF shorter than SW; MJP straight and long; MF broad; denticles on US of MF absent; apical teeth equal in length. Up to 20 chaetae on anterior parapodia; up to 14 on midbody. Aciculae straight, broad, with rounded tips (Fig. 11 F), 12���13 and 8���10 on anterior and posterior parapodia, respectively. Host. Unknown. Reproduction. Unknown. Distribution. Russia, Kurile Archipelago. Remarks. Licher (1999) incorrectly named Haplosyllis cratericola as described by Buzhinskaja in 1980, but it was originally described by Buzhinskaja in 1990. H. cratericola resembles Haplosyllis ohma n. comb. (see relevant section) with regard to dorsal cirri length, chaetal shape and biogeographical distribution but differs in that H. cratericola has almost double the number of chaetae per parapodia and the pharynx seems to lack the trepan. As the presence/absence of trepan has been shown to be a non-robust character in Haplosyllis and that our observations are based on the holotype only, we have decided to consider the species as valid. However, a more detailed study of the chaetal variability and pharynx morphology should be carried out. The present description is based on the original description as well as photographs and observations of the holotype by Dr. Sergey Gagaev (ZIR)., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia & Martin, Daniel, 2009, A taxonomic revision of the genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1887 (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 2220 on pages 17-18, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.190035, {"references":["Buzhinskaja, G. N. (1990) Polychaetes off the coast of Jankich Island (Ushishir Islands, Kuril Islands). Proceedings of the Zoological Institute, USSR Academy of Sciences, 218, 18 - 35.","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336."]}
- Published
- 2009
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
47. Haplosyllis granulosa Lattig, Martin & San Martin 2007, new comb
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia and Martin, Daniel
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Haplosyllis granulosa ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Haplosyllis ,Biodiversity ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Haplosyllis granulosa (Lattig, Martin & San Mart��n, 2007) new comb. Geminosyllis granulosa Lattig, Martin & San Mart��n, 2007: 561, figs 5���6. Haplosyllis spongicola.��� San Mart��n, 2003: 324, fig. 179 B (in part) Syllis spongicola spongicola.��� Cognetti, 1955: 1 ���3, fig. 1 a.��� Cognetti, 1957: 10 ���14, fig. 2 a.��� Cognetti, 1961: 294. Examined material. W Mediterranean, Nerja (Spain). Holotype MNCN 16.01 / 10606; 155 Paratypes MNCN 16.01 / 10607. Diagnosis. Body slender, length 5���10 mm for 28 to 52 chaetigers. Dorsal surface granulose. Trepan with 10 small teeth. First dorsal cirri long (18���30 articles), midbody dorsal cirri less than �� body width. Chaetae all bidentate, 2���7 chaetae on each parapodium, MJP straight; US of MF with long denticles. Host. Unknown. Found in calcareous concretions of Mesophyllum lichenoides and Lithophyllum expansum, 3���25 m, and among rhizomes of Posidonia, 2���20 m (Lattig et al. 2007). Reproduction. Haplosyllis granulosa reproduces by acephalous stolons with one pair of blackish ocular spots per parapodia. One paratype was observed early during the formation of the stolon, with the reproductive body still attached to the adult. The specimen had 54 segments, the last 14 forming the stolon. Distribution. W Mediterranean Sea. Remarks. The species resembles H. djiboutiensis in number of segments occupied by both pharynx and proventricle, the granulose aspect, length pattern of dorsal cirri and in chaetal shape. They can be distinguished from each other by the chaetal morphology (all similar in H. granulosa while both chaetae of each parapodium are different in H. djiboutiensis). It would be interesting to obtain more specimens of H. djiboutiensis in order to document the morphological variability of their chaetae., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia & Martin, Daniel, 2009, A taxonomic revision of the genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1887 (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 2220 on page 20, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.190035, {"references":["Lattig, P., San Martin, G. & Martin, D. (2007) Taxonomic and morphometric analyses of the Haplosyllis spongicola complex (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae) from Spanish seas, with re-description of the type species and descriptions of two new species. Scientia Marina, 71, 551 - 570.","Martin, D., Britayev, T. A., San Martin, G. & Gil, J. (2003) Inter-population variability and character description in the sponge-associated Haplosyllis spongicola complex (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Hydrobiologia, 496, 145 - 162.","Cognetti, G. (1955) Ricerche su Sillidi del Golfo di Napoli. IV. Osservazoni su specie criptiche e su nuove sotto - specie geografiche ed ecologiche. Publicazioni della Stazione Zoologica di Napoli, 26, 1 - 11.","Cognetti, G. (1957) I Sillidi del Golfo di Napoli. Publicazioni della Stazione Zoologica di Napoli, 1 - 100.","Cognetti, G. (1961) Les Syllidiens des cotes de Bretagne. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 2, 291 - 312."]}
- Published
- 2009
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
48. Haplosyllis oligochaeta Bobretzky 1870
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia and Martin, Daniel
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Haplosyllis ,Biodiversity ,Syllidae ,Haplosyllis oligochaeta ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Haplosyllis oligochaeta (Bobretzky, 1870) Syllis oligochaeta Bobretzky, 1870: 229 ���230, figs 51���52 Type material. Black Sea. Remarks. The species was considered as a synonymy of Haplosyllis spongicola (Licher 1999). There is a single report, the description it not accurate enough as required to characterize the species, and the type material is not available. Haplosyllis violaceo-flava (Grube, 1878) Syllis violaceo ���flava Grube, 1878: 115 ���116 T. VII, fig. 3. Type material. Philippines, Bohol. Remarks. Licher (1999) considered Haplosyllis violaceoflava as a synonymy of Haplosyllis spongicola, It has not been possible to assess the validity of the species, as the type material is probably lost. The chaetae were not well described in the original description, as being simple bifid chaetae apparently very similar to those of H. uncinigera. Additionally, the dark spots on the anterior segments, which were mentioned by Grube (1878), are also present in some specimens of H. uncinigera., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia & Martin, Daniel, 2009, A taxonomic revision of the genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1887 (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 2220 on page 35, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.190035, {"references":["Bobretzky, N. (1870) Material from the fauna of the Blak Sea. [In Russian]. Zapisky, 1, 1 - 18.","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336.","Grube, A. (1878) Annulata Semperiana. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Annelidenfauna der Philippinen. Memoires de L'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg, 7, 1 - 300."]}
- Published
- 2009
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
49. Haplosyllis djiboutiensis Gravier 1900
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia and Martin, Daniel
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Haplosyllis djiboutiensis ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Haplosyllis ,Biodiversity ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Haplosyllis djiboutiensis Gravier, 1900 (Fig. 12 A���J) Syllis (Haplosyllis) djiboutiensis Gravier, 1900: 147 ���149, pl. 9, fig. 3. ? Syllis (Haplosyllis) djiboutiensis.��� Fauvel, 1919: 353. Examined material. Djubal ("Gubal", saudi Arabia), Red Sea. Polytype MNHN 48. Description. Polytype with anterior and posterior ends in poor conditions, body slender, length 8 mm, for 38 chaetigers, width 0.35 mm (excluding parapodia) (Fig. 12 A), yellow-pale. Prostomium subpentagonal, wider than long, with two pairs of small red eyes in trapezoidal arrangement. Median (22 articles) and lateral (14 articles) antennae on medium and anterior margin of prostomium, respectively. Palps long, broadly triangular, fused at their bases, divergent all along their length. Cilia on palps and nuchal organs not seen. Pharynx orange, extending about five segments, anteriorly with large anterior tooth; ring of cilia and papillae cilia not seen. Proventricle cylindrical, dark-brown, length 0.45 mm, extending four segments, width 0.28 mm, with 36 muscular cell-rows (Fig. 12 A). Peristomium similar in length to first chaetiger. Dorsal tentacular cirri longer than ventral ones (13���15 and 7���11 articles, respectively). Dorsal cirri slender, similar to antennae and tentacular cirri. First dorsal cirri longer than remaining ones (23 articles), second short (12 articles), third and fourth intermediate, longer than second (15 and 19 articles, respectively), fifth short (10 articles), sixth intermediate (15 articles). After proventricle, cirri alternating with long (7���9 articles) and short (4���5 articles); longest cirri do not exceed body width. Cirri broken at posterior end. Ventral cirri digitiform, anterior cirri longer than parapodial lobe, gradually shorter to posterior end (Fig. 12 B���C). Chaetae all bidentate, anterior ones smaller, with short MF (Fig. 12 D���E). Usually two chaetae on each midbody parapodia, different in size and shape; in largest chaeta LMF similar than SW; MJP straight and long; US of MF with denticles; distal tooth slightly shorter than posterior one (Fig. 12 H), apparently very small when MF is in backward position (Fig. 12 G). In smaller chaeta MJP short; proximal tooth smaller than distal one (Fig. 12 I). Aciculae stout, with curved tip, upwards directed (Fig. 12 F, G, J), two on each parapodia. Pygidium broken. Host. There is no information on habitat and depth range for the types. However, Gravier (1900) originally described a sponge spicule as long aciculae, which suggest this species is associated with a sponge. Reproduction. Unknown. Distribution. Red Sea. Probably also in Madagascar, Fauvel (1919), but this record should be confirmed with examination of material. Remarks. Haplosyllis uncinigera and H. djiboutiensis were considered as synonymous due their similarity of their chaetae (Augener 1913). In the original drawing of H. djiboutiensis, chaetae appear to be as unidentate, very similar to ones of H. uncinigera. According to our observations, in the largest chaeta of H. djiboutiensis, the distal tooth is slightly smaller than proximal one, but usually, both teeth are clearly seen (except when main fang in in backward position, appearing to be unidentate), each parapodium has two aciculae, pharynx extends through 4���5 segments and the dorsum has a granulose aspect. In H. uncinigera, chaetae also have a unidentate appearance, but the angle between teeth is narrow and distal tooth very small, thin, making it difficult to observe, each parapodium has four to six aciculae, pharynx extends through 10 segments, and the dorsum do not has such granulose aspect. It is difficult to distinguish both species due the unidentate appearance of chaetae, and detailed examination of the distal tooth is required. H. djiboutiensis is similar to H. granulosa and H. carmenbritoae but can be easily distinguished (see remarks of each species). Specimens of Haplosyllis have been reported from different localities nearby the area of distribution of H. djiboutiensis as ��� H. spongicola ���, such as the Red Sea (Amoureux 1983; Hartmann-Schr��der 1960), Madagascar (Fauvel 1919) or the Suez Canal (Fauvel 1927). In light of our results, these records must be regarded as doubtful unless material from these localities can be examined., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia & Martin, Daniel, 2009, A taxonomic revision of the genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1887 (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 2220 on pages 18-20, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.190035, {"references":["Gravier, C. (1900) Contribution a l'etude des Annelides Polychetes de la Mer Rouge. Premiere partie. Nouvelles Archives du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle Paris, 2, 137 - 282.","Fauvel, P. (1919) Annelides Polychetes de Madagascar, de Djibouti, et du Golfe Persique. Archives de Zoologie Experimentale et Generale, 58, 315 - 473.","Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta. Errantia. In: Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (Eds.) Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger Sudwest-Australien Forschungsreise 1905. IV, 64 - 304.","Amoureux, L. (1983) Annelides polychetes du golfe d'Aqaba (Mer Rouge) description d'un genre nouveau et de deux especes nouvelles. Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Paris, 3, 723 - 742.","Hartmann-Schroder, G. (1960) Polychaeten aus dem Roten Meer. Kieler Meeresforschungen, 16, 69 - 125.","Fauvel, P. (1927) Rapport sur les annelides polychetes errantes. Zoological results of the Cambridge Expedition to the Suez Canal, 1924. The Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, 22 / 4, 411 - 437."]}
- Published
- 2009
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
50. Trypanosyllis depressa Augener 1913
- Author
-
Lattig, Patricia and Martin, Daniel
- Subjects
Phyllodocida ,Annelida ,Animalia ,Polychaeta ,Biodiversity ,Trypanosyllis ,Trypanosyllis depressa ,Syllidae ,Taxonomy - Abstract
Trypanosyllis depressa (Augener, 1913) Haplosyllis depressa Augener, 1913: 217 ��� 217, figs 29���30.��� Licher, 1999: 280. Trypanosyllis (Trypanobia) depressa.��� Imajima, 1966: 242, fig. 46. Type material: SW Australia. Syntype ZMH V��� 7946 Remarks. The species was transferred to Trypanosyllis (Trypanobia) Imajima & Hartman, 1964 (Imajima 1966). Later, it was referred to Haplosyllis (Licher 1999). However, its flat body and the absence of a subterminal tooth lead us to consider that the species certainly belong to Trypanosyllis., Published as part of Lattig, Patricia & Martin, Daniel, 2009, A taxonomic revision of the genus Haplosyllis Langerhans, 1887 (Polychaeta: Syllidae: Syllinae), pp. 1-40 in Zootaxa 2220 on page 37, DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.190035, {"references":["Augener, H. (1913) Polychaeta. Errantia. In: Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (Eds.) Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger Sudwest-Australien Forschungsreise 1905. IV, 64 - 304.","Licher, F. (1999) Revision der Gattung Typosyllis Langerhans, 1879 (Polychaeta: Syllidae). Morphologie, Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 551, 1 - 336.","Imajima, M. (1966) The Syllidae (Polychateous Annelids) from Japan (IV) Syllinae (1). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, XIV, 218 - 252.","Imajima, M. & Hartman, O. (1964) The Polychaetous annelids of Japan, Part I. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, occasional paper, 26, 1 - 452."]}
- Published
- 2009
- Full Text
- View/download PDF
Catalog
Discovery Service for Jio Institute Digital Library
For full access to our library's resources, please sign in.